Author: keichwa
Date: 2017-05-23 07:03:53 +0000 (Tue, 23 May 2017)
New Revision: 97356
Modified:
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/rpm-groups.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/smt.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -81,13 +81,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Support : %1, Chemin d'accés : %2, Produit : %3</li>\n"
-#. set addon specific sig-handling
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+#. revert back to the unexpanded URL to have the original URL
+#. in the saved /etc/zypp/repos.d file
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:191
msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr "Rendre le produit complémentaire \"%1\" disponible via \"%2\"."
#. just report error
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:198
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "Échec de la tentative d'ajout d'un produit complémentaire."
@@ -475,6 +476,5 @@
"\n"
"Voulez-vous ignorer l'étape d'utilisation des produits complémentaires ?"
-#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "Installation de la langue"
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Installation de la langue"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
#. package dependencies.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -159,74 +159,76 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Type de chargeur d'amorçage : %1"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84
msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr "Activer le démarrage approuvé : %1"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
msgid "yes"
msgstr "oui"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
msgid "no"
msgstr "non"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Emplacement d'état : %1"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "Ordre des disques durs : %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (étendue)"
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (ne pas installer</a>)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (installer</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (ne pas installer</a>)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (installer</a>)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (ne pas installer</a>)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage sur la partition \"/\" (l'y installer</a>)"
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr "Avertissement : aucun emplacement n'est sélectionné pour l'étape 1 du chargeur d'amorçage. À moins que vous ne sachiez précisément ce que vous faites, sélectionnez l'emplacement ci-dessus."
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Modifier l'emplacement : %s"
@@ -345,14 +347,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
+#| "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
+#| "with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
+#| "chip).</p>\n"
+#| "<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+#| "setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
"chip).</p>\n"
-"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
-"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"L'option <p><b>Démarrage approuvé</b> installera TrustedGRUB2\n"
"au lieu de l'habituel GRUB2.</p>\n"
@@ -362,10 +371,16 @@
"<p>Vous devez d'abord vérifier que l'option Démarrage approuvé est activée dans la configuration BIOS\n"
" (le paramètre peut, par exemple, être appelé Puce de sécurité).</p>\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307
+msgid ""
+"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331
msgid ""
"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n"
"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n"
@@ -376,30 +391,30 @@
"car dans le cas contraire, le système ne démarrera pas."
#. Represents grub password protection widget
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "Protég&er le chargeur d'amorçage par un mot de passe"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr "P&rotéger uniquement la modification d'entrée"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363
msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr "&Mot de passe pour utilisateur 'root' GRUB2"
#. text entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Re&taper le mot de passe"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "Le mot de passe ne doit pas être vide."
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -408,7 +423,7 @@
"ne sont pas identiques. Retapez le mot de passe."
#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell.<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
@@ -417,7 +432,7 @@
"Lors du démarrage, le mot de passe est requis lorsque vous modifiez une entrée quelconque, voire simplement lorsque vous la démarrez. Si l'option <b>Protéger uniquement la modification de l'entrée</b> est sélectionnée, aucun mot de passe n'est requis pour le démarrage d'une entrée, mais il sera nécessaire pour modifier des entrées (c'est la manière dont fonctionnait GRUB 1). Comme effet de bord de cette option, rd.shell=0 est ajouté aux paramètres du noyau, afin d’empêcher un accès non autorisé à l'invite de commande de l'initrd.<br>YaST n'acceptera le mot de passe que si vous le saisissez à nouveau dans le champ <b>Retaper le mot de passe</b>. Le mot de passe s'applique à l'utilisateur 'root' GRUB2, lequel est différent de l'utilisateur 'root' Linux. Actuellement, YaST ne prend pas en charge d'autres utilisateurs GRUB2. Si vous en avez besoin, utilisez un script GRUB2 distinct.</p>"
#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470
msgid ""
"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when booting starts.</p>\n"
"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>"
@@ -426,12 +441,12 @@
"<p>Avec une console série, le résultat du démarrage est imprimé sur un périphérique série comme <tt>ttyS0</tt>. Vous devez spécifier au moins l'option <tt>--unit</tt>, et la syntaxe complète est <tt>%s</tt>. D'autres parties sont facultatives et, à défaut de définition, une valeur par défaut est utilisée. Dans les commandes, <tt>NUM</tt> correspond à un nombre positif comme 8. Exemple : les paramètres sont <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>"
#. there's mode specified, use it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507
msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments."
msgstr "Pour activer la console série vous devez fournir les paramètres correspondants."
#. Translators: do not translate "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514
msgid ""
"To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n"
"The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n"
@@ -441,7 +456,7 @@
"L'argument \"unit\" est obligatoire. La syntaxe complète est :\n"
"%s"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Choisir un nouveau fichier de thème graphique"
@@ -449,40 +464,40 @@
#. to be substituted in a command like
#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM"
#. so do not use punctuation
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
msgid "NUM"
msgstr "NUM"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Utiliser une console &graphique"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "Résolution de &console"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "Thème de &console"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "Auto-détecter par grub2"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Utiliser la console &série"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "Arguments de &console"
#. represent choosing default section to boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "&Entrée de démarrage par défaut"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655
msgid ""
"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
@@ -499,40 +514,40 @@
"de démarrage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b>.</p>\n"
#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744
msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr "Si cette case est cochée, un périphérique de démarrage personnalisé doit être spécifié."
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Amorcer à par&tir de la partition d'amorçage"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773
msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr "Amorcer à &partir de la partition racine"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Amorcer à partir du &MBR"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Amorc&er à partir de la partition étendue"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "&Partition d'amorçage personnalisée"
#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799
msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr "&Modifier l'ordre de démarrage des disques"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -547,17 +562,17 @@
"Pour supprimer un disque, cliquez sur <b>Supprimer</b>.</p>"
#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826
msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "Paramètres du &kernel"
#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851
msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr "Options du &code d'amorçage"
#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921
msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr "Options du c&hargeur d'amorçage"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cio\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@
msgstr "Utilisé"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "Oui"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "no"
msgstr "Non"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
-msgstr "Oui"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cluster\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-06 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "Adresse IP redondante"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr "ID de noeud"
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
msgstr "Le nombre minimum de votes doit être renseigné lorsqu'un transport de multidiffusion est configuré."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "L'adresse de multidiffusion doit être renseignée."
@@ -137,61 +137,61 @@
msgstr "Si le système utilise plusieurs interfaces, seules les valeurs passif ou actif peuvent être sélectionnées. Option définie sur 'passif'."
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr "Transport :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Canal"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "Adresse réseau lié :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Adresse de multidiffusion :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
-msgid "Multicast Port:"
-msgstr "Port de multidiffusion :"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482
+msgid "Port:"
+msgstr "Port :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "Canal redondant"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "Nom de la grappe :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr "Nombre minimum de votes :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr "Mode rrp :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr "Générer automatiquement l'ID de noeud"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "Adresse du membre :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr "Adresse IP redondante"
#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
@@ -200,123 +200,123 @@
" Veuillez reconfigurer la liste des membres et confirmer tous les autres paramètres."
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Activer l'authentification de sécurité"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr "Pour un nouveau cluster, appuyez sur le bouton ci-dessous afin de générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr "Pour rejoindre une grappe existante, copiez manuellement /etc/corosync/authkey depuis les autres noeuds."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr "Échec de la création de /etc/corosync/authkey"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr "Création de /etc/corosync/authkey réussie"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Exécution"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Non démarré"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Amorçage"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Activé -- Démarrer Pacemaker au démarrage"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Désactivé -- Démarrer Pacemaker manuellement"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Marche et Arrêt"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "État actuel : "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Démarrer Pacemaker maintenant"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Arrêter Pacemaker maintenant"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Hôte de synchronisation"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Ajouter"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Suppr"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Modifier"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Fichier à synchroniser"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Ajouter les fichiers suggérés"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr "Générer les clés prépartagées"
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr "État de Csync2 inconnu"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr "Activer csync2"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr "Désactiver csync2"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Saisir un nom d'hôte"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Modifier le nom d'hôte"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Saisir un nom de fichier à synchroniser"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Modifier le nom de fichier"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -325,12 +325,12 @@
"Souhaitez-vous l'écraser ?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "La suppression du fichier de clé %1 a échoué."
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@
"Le fichier de clé %1 a été généré.\n"
"Cliquez sur le bouton \"Ajouter les fichiers suggérés\" pour l'ajouter à la liste de synchronisation."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "La génération de la clé a échoué."
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
@@ -353,23 +353,23 @@
"YaST peut vous aider à configurer certains de ses éléments essentiels.\n"
"Vous devez le démarrer à l'aide de ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr "Interface dédiée :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "IP:"
msgstr "IP :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr "Numéro de groupe :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr "Générer /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr "Le numéro de groupe doit être un entier positif."
@@ -588,3 +588,6 @@
#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres."
+
+#~ msgid "Multicast Port:"
+#~ msgstr "Port de multidiffusion :"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -58,10 +58,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+#| "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+#| "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+#| "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
-"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
-"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings\n"
"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Les ajustements des rôles système se situent entre la sélection de paquetages \n"
@@ -111,10 +117,8 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres d'installation"
@@ -127,183 +131,167 @@
msgstr "Expert"
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
-msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr "Paramètres d'installation Live"
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres de mise à jour"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Network Services Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration des services réseau"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du matériel"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Préparation"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Charger la configuration réseau Linuxrc"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Configuration automatique du réseau"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr "Mise à jour du programme d'installation"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Bienvenue"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Activation réseau"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Activation du disque"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Analyse du système"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Produits complémentaires"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disque"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Fuseau horaire"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Résumé de l'installation"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Procéder à l'installation"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr "Nettoyage du programme d'installation"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Système à mettre à jour"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Mise à jour"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Mettre à jour le résumé"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Procéder à la mise à jour"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Installation de base"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres AutoYaST"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du système"
@@ -331,18 +319,17 @@
"</p>\n"
" "
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Charger la configuration réseau linuxrc"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres utilisateur"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Résumé de l'installation"
@@ -406,7 +393,9 @@
msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
msgstr "Bureau KDE Plasma"
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
msgstr "Serveur (mode Texte)"
@@ -426,11 +415,114 @@
msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
msgstr "Bureau Enlightenment"
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__25
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer"
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr "Ordinateur"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+#| "for the selected scenario."
+msgid ""
+"Computer Role is a predefined use case which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+"Les rôles système sont des cas d'utilisation prédéfinis qui adaptent\n"
+"le système au scénario sélectionné."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+#| "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+#| "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+#| "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The computer role adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to running additional services. By choosing a computer role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the <em>Custom</em> role\n"
+"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern selection. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Les ajustements des rôles système se situent entre la sélection de paquetages \n"
+"et le partitionnement de disque. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un rôle système, le système est\n"
+"configuré en conséquence pour correspondre au cas d'utilisation du rôle. Si nécessaire, les paramètres \n"
+"définis par un rôle peuvent être écrasés au cours des étapes suivantes.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+msgid "Workstation with KDE Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n"
+#| "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n"
+#| "Dolphin as file manager, and offers\n"
+#| "both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n"
+msgid ""
+"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n"
+"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"KDE est un environnement de bureau puissant et intuitif\n"
+"qui utilise le gestionnaire de messagerie Kontact,\n"
+"le gestionnaire de fichiers Dolphin, et qui offre\n"
+"les navigateurs Web Firefox et Konqueror.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+msgid "Workstation with GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n"
+#| "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n"
+#| "Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
+msgid ""
+"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n"
+"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME est un environnement de bureau puissant\n"
+"et intuitif qui utilise Evolution comme messagerie,\n"
+" Firefox comme navigateur et Nautilus comme gestionnaire de fichiers.\n"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+msgid "Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user and have only command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Personnaliser"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+msgid "Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that fits his requirements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server Pattern Selection"
+msgid "Custom Pattern Selection"
+msgstr "Sélection du modèle de serveur"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
msgid "Online Repositories"
msgstr "Dépôts en ligne"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Sélection du bureau"
+#~ msgid "Live Installation Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Paramètres d'installation Live"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Sélection du bureau"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 19:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "Disposition du clavier actuelle : %1"
@@ -57,11 +57,9 @@
#. menue label text
#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
-#. widget label
#. menu button label
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "&Disposition du clavier"
@@ -204,25 +202,12 @@
msgid "System Keyboard Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du clavier système"
-#. help text for keyboard selection widget
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
-"installation and on the installed system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Choisissez la <b>Disposition du clavier</b> à utiliser lors\n"
-"de l'installation et pour le système installé.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -234,7 +219,7 @@
#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
#. any error to the user
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
msgstr "La définition du clavier X11 sur '%s' a échoué."
@@ -342,8 +327,8 @@
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "Langues supplémentaires : %1"
@@ -604,7 +589,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406
msgid ""
"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
"available at %{directory}.\n"
@@ -618,19 +603,19 @@
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866
msgid "Primary Language: %1"
msgstr "Langue principale : %1"
#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installation des paquetages..."
#. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130
msgid ""
"Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
"Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
@@ -639,18 +624,18 @@
"Certains textes pourront être affichés en anglais.\n"
#. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Seule une prise en charge minimale de la langue sélectionnée est incluse sur ce média.\n"
-"Activez les dépôts en ligne ultérieurement pour obtenir une prise en charge correcte\n"
-"de cette langue.\n"
+"Seule une prise en charge minimale de la langue sélectionnée est incluse sur ce support.\n"
+"Ajoutez le CD de produits complémentaires de langue comme espace de stockage supplémentaire pour obtenir une prise en charge\n"
+" correcte de cette langue.\n"
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373
msgid ""
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
@@ -702,8 +687,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC"
@@ -960,315 +945,287 @@
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr "Heure locale"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "Horloge matérielle définie sur"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "NTP configuré"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "Fuseau horaire actuel : %1"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35
msgid "English (US)"
msgstr "Anglais (US)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47
msgid "English (UK)"
msgstr "Anglais (UK)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59
msgid "German"
msgstr "Allemand"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71
msgid "German (with deadkeys)"
msgstr "Allemand (avec touches mortes)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83
msgid "German (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Allemand (Suisse)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95
msgid "French"
msgstr "Français"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107
msgid "French (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Français (Suisse)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119
msgid "French (Canada)"
msgstr "Français (Canada)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132
msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)"
msgstr "Canadien (Multilingue)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "Espagnol"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "Espagnol (Amérique latine)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "Espagnol (CP 850)"
#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "Espagnol (variante asturienne)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italien"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Portugais"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Portugais (du Brésil)"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Portugais (du Brésil - accents US)"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Grec"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Hollandais"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Danois"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norvégien"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Suédois"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finlandais"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Tchèque"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Tchèque (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Slovaque"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Slovaque (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Slovène"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Hongrois"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polonais"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russe"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Serbe"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estonien"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Lituanien"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Turc"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Croate"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japonais"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belge"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Islandais"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainien"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Khmer"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Coréen"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Arabe"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadjik"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Chinois traditionnel"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Chinois simplifié"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Roumain"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr "US International"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
-msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
-msgstr "Espagnol (variante asturienne)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
+#~ "installation and on the installed system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Choisissez la <b>Disposition du clavier</b> à utiliser lors\n"
+#~ "de l'installation et pour le système installé.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
+#~ "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+#~ "for this language.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seule une prise en charge minimale de la langue sélectionnée est incluse sur ce média.\n"
+#~ "Activez les dépôts en ligne ultérieurement pour obtenir une prise en charge correcte\n"
+#~ "de cette langue.\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886
msgid "&Service to Allow"
msgstr "&Service à autoriser"
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocole"
@@ -1199,55 +1199,78 @@
#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall
#. to be stopped after exiting YaST
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:148
msgid "Stopping firewall..."
msgstr "Arrêt du pare-feu..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device could not be opened."
+msgid "The firewall could not be stopped."
+msgstr "Le périphérique n'a pas pu être ouvert."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall not running or would not be started."
+msgid "The firewall could not be started."
+msgstr "Le pare-feu ne fonctionne pas ou ne peut pas être démarré."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is action that failed
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again."
+msgid ""
+"%s\n"
+"Please verify your system and try again."
+msgstr "Veuillez installer yast2-registration et essayez à nouveau."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:205
msgid "No zone assigned"
msgstr "Aucune zone assignée"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:245
msgid "Custom string"
msgstr "Chaîne personnalisée"
#. interface could be unassigned
#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:309
msgid "No Zone Assigned"
msgstr "Aucune zone assignée"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:508
msgid "Port number %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Le numéro de port %1 est incorrect."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number,
#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:513
msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid."
msgstr "Le numéro de port %1 de la définition %2 est incorrect."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:521
msgid "Invalid Port Definition"
msgstr "Définition de port incorrecte"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number
#. that is possible to use in port-range
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:527
msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)."
msgstr "Le numéro de port doit être compris entre 1 et %1 (inclus)."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:605
msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition"
msgstr "Définition incorrecte de la plage de ports"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:608
msgid ""
"Port range %1 is invalid.\n"
"It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n"
@@ -1258,12 +1281,12 @@
" numéro_de_port_max doit être supérieur à numéro_de_port_min."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:625
msgid "Unknown Port Name"
msgstr "Nom de port inconnu"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:628
msgid ""
"Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n"
"It probably would not work.\n"
@@ -1274,12 +1297,12 @@
"Voulez-vous quand même utiliser ce port ?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657
msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition"
msgstr "Définition du service supplémentaire non valide"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long)
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660
msgid ""
"It appears that the additional service settings\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1298,22 +1321,22 @@
#. )
#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
msgstr "Le masquage nécessite au moins 1 interface externe et 1 autre interface."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077
msgid "This entry must be completed."
msgstr "Cette entrée doit être remplie."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101
msgid "Wrong port definition."
msgstr "Fausse définition du port."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128
msgid ""
"Wrong port definition.\n"
"No port number found for this port name.\n"
@@ -1324,17 +1347,17 @@
"Utiliser le numéro de port au lieu du nom de port.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157
msgid "Invalid IP definition."
msgstr "Définition IP incorrecte."
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484
msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets"
msgstr "&Journaliser les paquetages de diffusion générale non acceptés"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545
msgid ""
"Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n"
"but firewall is currently running.\n"
@@ -1347,71 +1370,71 @@
"Arrêter le pare-feu après l'écriture de la nouvelle configuration ?\n"
#. network is mandatory
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931
msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'"
msgstr "Définition du réseau invalide '%1'"
#. destination port is optional
#. source port is optional
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773
msgid "Invalid port range '%1'"
msgstr "Plage de port invalide '%1'"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945
msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'"
msgstr "Numéro ou nom de port incorrect '%1'"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848
msgid "All services using UDP"
msgstr "Tous les services utilisant le protocole UDP"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850
msgid "All services using TCP"
msgstr "Tous les services utilisant le protocole TCP"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852
msgid "Samba browsing"
msgstr "Navigation Samba"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854
msgid "SLP browsing"
msgstr "Navigation SLP"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866
msgid "All networks"
msgstr "Tous les réseaux"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868
msgid "Subnet: %1"
msgstr "Sous-réseau : %1"
#. hard-coded default
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Zone"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Réseau"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Service"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990
msgid "User-defined service"
msgstr "Service défini par l'utilisateur"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015
msgid "Po&rt"
msgstr "Po&rt"
#. redraw table
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110
msgid "Select an item to delete."
msgstr "Sélectionner l'élément à supprimer."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -113,13 +113,13 @@
msgstr "Label"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "Nom du module"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "État"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "Nom du module"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -14,6 +14,22 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Adapting system services ..."
+msgid "Setting default target and system services ..."
+msgstr "Adaptation des services système..."
+
+#. Proposal client for Network configuration
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20
+msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau"
+
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25
+msgid "preformatted_proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
@@ -512,7 +528,7 @@
#. download release notes now
#. push button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "&Notes de version..."
@@ -850,14 +866,14 @@
#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initialisation"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr "Initialisation de l'installation..."
@@ -911,37 +927,37 @@
msgstr "Terminé"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:460
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Copie des fichiers sur le système installé"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:467
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:474
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Enregistrement des paramètres d'installation"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:483
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Installation du gestionnaire d'amorçage"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:490
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Préparation du système pour le démarrage initial"
#. some steps are called in live installer only
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:553
msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr "Le client %1 a renvoyé des données non valides."
#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:585
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Vérification de l'étape : %1..."
@@ -965,6 +981,19 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Préparation de la configuration du système initial..."
+#. Shows a dialog allowing the user to modify the invalid URL, modifying the
+#. /etc/install.inf file with the new value. In case of cancelled or empty,
+#. the URL will be completely removed.
+#.
+#. @param regurl [String]
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_install_inf.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to cancel, the custom URL\n"
+"will be completelly ignored.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really cancel URL modification?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
@@ -1085,49 +1114,6 @@
"Échec de la configuration réseau.\n"
"Vérifiez le fichier journal %1 pour plus de détails."
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
-"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Avec Linux, le <b>choix</b> est la priorité numéro un. <i>openSUSE</i> offre plusieurs\n"
-"environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les deux principaux environnements,\n"
-"<b>GNOME</b> et <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
-msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
-"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez sélectionner d'autres environnements de bureau (ou l'un des modes d'installation minimale)\n"
-"mieux adaptés à vos besoins en utilisant l'option <b>Autre</b>. Ultérieurement, dans la sélection\n"
-"de logiciels ou après l'installation, vous pourrez changer votre sélection ou ajouter des environnements\n"
-"de bureau supplémentaires. Cette étape vous permet de définir le choix par défaut.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Sélection du bureau"
-
-#. UI wait loop
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"No desktop type was selected.\n"
-"Select the desired desktop environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Aucun type de bureau n'a été sélectionné.\n"
-"Sélectionnez l'environnement de bureau à installer."
-
-#. BNC #449818
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Autre"
-
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
@@ -1331,36 +1317,22 @@
"Échec de l'initialisation des dépôts de logiciels.\n"
"Abandon de l'installation."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
-"from the registration server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>L'URL du dépôt de mise à jour du programme d'installation n'a pas pu être obtenue\n"
-"à partir du serveur d'enregistrement.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
-#. URL from control.xml
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238
-msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
-msgstr "<p>L'URL %s par défaut sera utilisée.<p>"
-
-#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#. Return the self-update URLs
#.
-#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers
-#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected;
-#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315
+#. @return [Array<URI>] self-update URLs
+#.
+#. @see #default_self_update_url
+#. @see #custom_self_update_url
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The registration module is not available."
msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"to search for installer updates."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez un serveur d'enregistrement détecté dans la liste\n"
-"pour rechercher les mises à jour du programme d'installation."
+"The registration URL provided is not valid.\n"
+"Skipping installer update.\n"
+msgstr "Le module d'enregistrement n'est pas disponible."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:233
msgid ""
"A valid update could not be found at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1371,7 +1343,7 @@
"\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:240
msgid ""
"Could not fetch update from\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1389,7 +1361,7 @@
#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration
#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
#. false if the network is not configured.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:264
msgid ""
"\n"
"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
@@ -1402,7 +1374,7 @@
#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:302
msgid ""
"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
"%s\n"
@@ -1425,26 +1397,26 @@
"utilisez le paramètre de démarrage \"proxy\".\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:388
msgid "Add Update Repository"
msgstr "Ajouter un dépôt de mise à jour"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389
msgid "Download the Packages"
msgstr "Télécharger les paquetages"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:390
msgid "Apply the Packages"
msgstr "Appliquer les paquetages"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:391
msgid "Restart"
msgstr "Redémarrer"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
#. TRANSLATORS: progress title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:404
msgid "Updating the Installer..."
msgstr "Mise à jour du programme d'installation..."
@@ -1453,7 +1425,7 @@
#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
#.
#. @see Yast::Profile.current
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:475
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1764,6 +1736,17 @@
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration proxy..."
+#. This is a step of base installation finish and is responsible of write the
+#. specific configuration for the current system role.
+#.
+#. It has been added for CaaSP Roles (FATE#321754) and currently only
+#. the 'worker_role' has an special behavior.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/roles_finish.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing device configuration..."
+msgid "Writing specific role configuration ..."
+msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du périphérique..."
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
@@ -1894,6 +1877,15 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "Copie des journaux dans le système installé..."
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__25
+#. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's
+#. helpful when testing all manually on a running system
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer"
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr "Ordinateur"
+
#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65
msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
@@ -1918,20 +1910,6 @@
msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Importer la configuration SSH"
-#. TODO: Add the registration process
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45
-msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
-msgstr "U&RL de tableau de bord"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52
-msgid "Worker Registration"
-msgstr "Enregistrement de travailleur"
-
-#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58
-msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
-msgstr "Saisissez l'URL du tableau de bord d'administration afin de vous faire inscrire comme travailleur"
-
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
@@ -2175,7 +2153,7 @@
msgstr "Activation de l'administration à distance..."
#. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:92
msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
msgstr "La modification du rôle système risque d'annuler les éventuels ajustements que vous avez effectués."
@@ -2229,6 +2207,26 @@
msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
msgstr "Les clés de l'hôte SSH seront copiées à partir de %s."
+#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#.
+#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers
+#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected;
+#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
+#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:250
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"to search for installer updates."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez un serveur d'enregistrement détecté dans la liste\n"
+"pour rechercher les mises à jour du programme d'installation."
+
+#. sets flag if online repositories dialog should be shown
+#: src/lib/installation/widgets/online_repos.rb:13
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configured Repositories"
+msgid "Configure On-line Repositories"
+msgstr "Dépôts configurés"
+
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
@@ -2325,3 +2323,55 @@
msgstr ""
"L'installation n'a pas pu résoudre automatiquement les dépendances de paquetages.\n"
"Le gestionnaire de logiciels va s'ouvrir pour que vous puissiez les résoudre manuellement."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Avec Linux, le <b>choix</b> est la priorité numéro un. <i>openSUSE</i> offre plusieurs\n"
+#~ "environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les deux principaux environnements,\n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> et <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+#~ "that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+#~ "selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
+#~ "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Vous pouvez sélectionner d'autres environnements de bureau (ou l'un des modes d'installation minimale)\n"
+#~ "mieux adaptés à vos besoins en utilisant l'option <b>Autre</b>. Ultérieurement, dans la sélection\n"
+#~ "de logiciels ou après l'installation, vous pourrez changer votre sélection ou ajouter des environnements\n"
+#~ "de bureau supplémentaires. Cette étape vous permet de définir le choix par défaut.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Sélection du bureau"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "No desktop type was selected.\n"
+#~ "Select the desired desktop environment."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Aucun type de bureau n'a été sélectionné.\n"
+#~ "Sélectionnez l'environnement de bureau à installer."
+
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "Autre"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
+#~ "from the registration server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>L'URL du dépôt de mise à jour du programme d'installation n'a pas pu être obtenue\n"
+#~ "à partir du serveur d'enregistrement.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>L'URL %s par défaut sera utilisée.<p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
+#~ msgstr "U&RL de tableau de bord"
+
+#~ msgid "Worker Registration"
+#~ msgstr "Enregistrement de travailleur"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
+#~ msgstr "Saisissez l'URL du tableau de bord d'administration afin de vous faire inscrire comme travailleur"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -90,6 +90,7 @@
msgstr "Nom"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
msgid "Path"
msgstr "Chemin d'accès"
@@ -546,14 +547,14 @@
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr "Le chemin sélectionné est déjà utilisé !"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
-msgid "Path:"
-msgstr "Chemin d'accès :"
-
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "Parcourir"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
+msgid "Name (autogenerated when empty)"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "Sélectionnez un fichier ou un périphérique"
@@ -567,8 +568,8 @@
msgstr "LUN de la cible"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470
-msgid "Change:"
-msgstr "Modifications :"
+msgid "Change"
+msgstr "Changer"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
@@ -579,7 +580,9 @@
msgstr "Vous devez activer au moins une authentification !"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645
-msgid "Initiator name:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgid "Initiator name"
msgstr "Nom de l'initiateur :"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648
@@ -602,7 +605,9 @@
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704
-msgid "New initiator name:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgid "New initiator name"
msgstr "Nom du nouvel initiateur :"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750
@@ -828,3 +833,9 @@
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Résumé de la configuration..."
+
+#~ msgid "Path:"
+#~ msgstr "Chemin d'accès :"
+
+#~ msgid "Change:"
+#~ msgstr "Modifications :"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Pour appliquer les modifications, un redémarrage est nécessaire."
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@
#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash
#. @return [Boolean] whether successful
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:427
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
@@ -1239,129 +1239,129 @@
"Reportez-vous au journal %{log} pour plus de détails."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration Kdump"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:554 src/modules/Kdump.rb:562
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Lecture du fichier de configuration..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Lecture des options de démarrage du kernel..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr "Calcul des limites de mémoire..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Lecture du partitionnement des disques..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:566
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Lecture de la mémoire disponible et calibrage de l'utilisation..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier de configuration /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Impossible de lire les options de démarrage du kernel."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Impossible de lire la mémoire disponible."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration Kdump."
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:649
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Écrire les paramètres"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:651
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Mettre à jour les options de démarrage"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:655
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:657
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Mise à jour des options de démarrage..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:659
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminé"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:669
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:678
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "L'ajout de l'option crashkernel au gestionnaire de démarrage a échoué."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "État de Kdump : %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "ACTIVÉ"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "DÉSACTIVÉ"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:804
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Valeur(s) de l'option crashkernel : %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:811
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Format du vidage : %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:818
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Cible de vidage : %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:825
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Nombre de vidages : %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:917
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr "Avertissement ! Il se peut que l'espace libre soit insuffisant. %{required} sont requis, mais seulement %{available} sont disponibles."
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1025
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-08 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du routage"
@@ -660,7 +660,9 @@
msgstr "Passerelle"
#. Table header label
+#. Table header 3/4
#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Masque réseau"
@@ -741,13 +743,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Avertissement : aucun chiffrement n'est utilisé."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Modifier."
@@ -2256,17 +2258,26 @@
"par défaut équivaut au panneau routier : \"autres directions\".</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
+#| "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
+#| "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
-"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"and netmask. You can use either IPv4 netmask or prefix length when defining\n"
+"network part of route. Prefix length has to be prefixed using '/'.\n"
+"To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n"
+"Please note that in case of IPv6 networks only prefix length is accepted\n"
+"for netmask definition.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour chaque route, entrez l'adresse IP de destination, la passerelle et le \n"
"masque de sous-réseau. Pour omettre une de ces valeurs, utilisez un tiret \"-\". Sélectionnez\n"
"le périphérique à travers lequel le trafic ainsi défini devra être routé. \"-\" signifie n'importe quelle interface.</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2274,7 +2285,7 @@
"<p>Activez l'option <b>Réacheminement IPv4</b> (transfert de paquetages à partir de \n"
"réseaux externes vers le réseau interne) si ce système est un routeur.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2286,7 +2297,7 @@
"<b>Avertissement :</b> le réacheminement IPv6 désactive la configuration\n"
"automatique des adresses sans état d'IPv6 (SLAAC)."
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
@@ -2296,7 +2307,7 @@
"Vous devrez activer le masquage et/ou définir au moins une nouvelle règle \n"
"de redirection dans la configuration du pare-feu. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez utiliser le module de pare-feu YaST.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2314,7 +2325,7 @@
"ou utiliser l'option générique \"n'importe laquelle\". Cependant cette option peut conduire à des\n"
"comportements étranges si vous avez un système multi-connecté à plusieurs réseaux DHCP.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2328,7 +2339,7 @@
"réseau est inactif. Dans tous les autres cas, utilisez le avec précaution, spécialement \n"
"si votre ordinateur fournit des services réseaux.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2337,7 +2348,7 @@
"les noms d'hôtes. En général, ils peuvent être obtenus via le protocole DHCP.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2348,7 +2359,7 @@
" (par exemple 192.168.0.42), pas en tant que nom d'hôte.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2360,7 +2371,7 @@
" votre ordinateur (par exemple suse.de). Il peut y avoir des domaines de recherche supplémentaires\n"
" (par exemple suse.com). Séparez les domaines par des virgules ou des espaces.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2372,7 +2383,7 @@
"l'ordinateur est un serveur de messagerie. La commande <i>hostname</i> vous permet d'afficher le nom d'hôte de votre \n"
"ordinateur.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2388,7 +2399,7 @@
"Ceci est le comportement par défaut. Utilisez l'option <b>Utiliser la politique par défaut</b> \n"
"est suffisante pour la plupart des configurations.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2410,7 +2421,7 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
@@ -2420,12 +2431,12 @@
"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> si vous ne souhaitez pas assigner d'adresse IP à cette carte.\n"
"Ceci est particulièrement utile pour les périphériques ethernet de type bond.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Cochez <b>iBFT</b> si vous voulez conserver le réseau configuré dans votre BIOS.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
@@ -2434,7 +2445,7 @@
"assignée par l'administrateur système ou par votre fournisseur d'accès à Internet.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2445,7 +2456,7 @@
"obtenues automatiquement depuis ce serveur.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2456,7 +2467,7 @@
"Sinon, les adresses réseau doivent être assignées <b>Statiquement</b>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2467,7 +2478,7 @@
"pour votre homologue.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2478,7 +2489,7 @@
"entrer le nom d'hôte (hostname) complet pour cette adresse IP. Le nom d'hôte sera inscrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2486,7 +2497,7 @@
"<p>Contactez votre <b>administrateur réseau</b> pour de plus amples informations\n"
"sur la configuration réseau.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2494,7 +2505,7 @@
"<p>Une configuration DHCP n'est pas recommandé pour ce produit.\n"
"Les composants de ce produit peuvent ne pas fonctionner avec DHCP.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2512,11 +2523,11 @@
"actif mais tout le trafic sera bloqué pour cette interface. Si vous ne sélectionnez\n"
"pas de zone et qu'il n'en existe pas d'autres, le pare-feu sera désactivé.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Interface obligatoire</b> spécifie si le service réseau indique une panne lorsque l'interface ne démarre pas lors de l'amorçage.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2532,7 +2543,7 @@
"spécialement sur des connexions bas débit. Sinon, sélectionnez une des valeurs recommandées\n"
"ou définissez la votre.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
@@ -2541,12 +2552,12 @@
"Seuls les périphériques pour lesquels l'activation du périphérique est définie sur <b>Jamais</b> et <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> sont disponibles.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Options du client DHCP</big></b></p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2562,7 +2573,7 @@
"matérielle.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2583,7 +2594,7 @@
"Laissez le champ vide pour qu'aucun nom d'hôte ne soit envoyé.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
@@ -2592,7 +2603,7 @@
"<p>Configurez les adresses supplémentaires d'une interface dans cette table.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
@@ -2601,7 +2612,7 @@
"le <b>masque réseau</b>.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2612,14 +2623,14 @@
"limitée à 15 caractères. L'utilitaire ifconfig obsolète le tronque après 9 caractères.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>N'insérez pas le nom de l'interface dans l'étiquette. Par exemple, entrez <b>foo</b> au lieu de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2648,7 +2659,7 @@
"par exemple, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.</p> \n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:314
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2656,7 +2667,7 @@
"<p>Vous pouvez ici régler les paramètres les\n"
"plus importants pour le réseau sans fil.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2670,7 +2681,7 @@
"infrastructure</i>) ou <b>Maître</b> (la carte réseau agit comme un point\n"
"d'accès).</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2688,7 +2699,7 @@
"cas, votre carte WLAN s'associe au point d'accès ayant la meilleure\n"
"puissance de signal.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2724,7 +2735,7 @@
"d'authentification. Ceci n'est possible qu'en mode d'opération\n"
"<b>Géré</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2740,7 +2751,7 @@
"40 à 232 bits.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2756,7 +2767,7 @@
"attaques de dictionnaire restent possible. N'utilisez pas de mots\n"
"faciles à deviner comme phrase secrète.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:367
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2764,7 +2775,7 @@
"<p>Pour utiliser WPA-EAP (parfois nommé WPA Enterprise),\n"
"entrez certains paramètres supplémentaires dans la boîte de dialogue suivante.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3681,11 +3692,6 @@
msgid "Default IPv6 &Gateway"
msgstr "&Passerelle IPv6 par défaut"
-#. Table header 3/4
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
-msgid "Genmask"
-msgstr "Genmask"
-
#. CheckBox label
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110
msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding"
@@ -3704,40 +3710,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Destination"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
-msgid "Ge&nmask"
-msgstr "Ge&nmask"
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:189
+msgid "&Netmask"
+msgstr "Mas&que réseau"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:198
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Passerelle"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:206
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "&Périphérique"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:261
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "La destination est incorrecte."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:269
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "L'adresse IP de la passerelle est incorrecte."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:277
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Le masque de sous-réseau est incorrect."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "La passerelle par défaut est incorrecte"
@@ -4407,27 +4413,27 @@
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1343
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Lancé automatiquement au démarrage"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Démarré automatiquement sur une connexion par câble"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Géré par NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Aucun redémarrage n'aura lieu"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Lancé manuellement"
@@ -4439,50 +4445,50 @@
#.
#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value")
#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "Adresse IP assignée avec"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "Adresse IP : %s/%s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "Adresse IP : %s, masque de sous-réseau %s"
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1446 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1502
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Nom du périphérique : %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Maître de jonction"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Pont"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "asservi dans %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Non connecté"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Pas de hwinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1508
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du kernel (eth0, wlan0)) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un microprogramme absent (pour les périphériques WLAN). Voir la sortie dmesg pour plus d'informations."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
@@ -4490,11 +4496,11 @@
"<p>Le périphérique n'est pas configuré. Cliquez sur \n"
"<b>Modifier</b>pour le configurer.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Microprogramme nécessaire"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "Inconnu"
@@ -4504,11 +4510,11 @@
#. @param [String] ifcfg_type
#. @param [String] ifcfg_name
#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2547
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Esclaves de jonction"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2550
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548
msgid "Bridge Ports"
msgstr "Ports du pont"
@@ -4574,21 +4580,21 @@
msgstr "L'administration à distance est désactivée."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de réacheminement IP"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Écrire des paramètres de routage"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de routage"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de réacheminement IP..."
@@ -4597,22 +4603,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de routage..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Passerelle : %s"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "Réacheminement IP pour IPv4 : %s"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "Réacheminement IP pour IPv6 : %s"
@@ -4630,3 +4636,9 @@
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(non protégé)"
+
+#~ msgid "Genmask"
+#~ msgstr "Genmask"
+
+#~ msgid "Ge&nmask"
+#~ msgstr "Ge&nmask"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-29 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-29 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1206 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1211
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Détails :"
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1219
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Réessayer ?"
@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:461
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Produit inconnu"
@@ -1659,23 +1659,23 @@
msgstr "Application du delta RPM : %1"
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "Votre ordinateur est un système 64 bits x86-64 mais vous tentez d'installer une distribution 32 bits."
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>La liste des modèles indique la fonctionnalité disponible après l'installation du système.</P>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:329
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>La proposition contient la taille totale des fichiers qui seront installés sur le système. Cependant, le système contiendra d'autres fichiers (fichiers temporaires et de travail) donc l'espace utilisé sera légèrement supérieur à la valeur proposée. Ainsi, c'est une bonne idée d'avoir au moins 25% (ou 300 Mo) d'espace libre avant de lancer l'installation.</P>"
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
@@ -1684,112 +1684,112 @@
"téléchargés depuis des dépôts distants (réseau). Cette valeur est importante lorsque la connexion est lente ou lorsqu'il existe une limite de données pour le téléchargement.</P>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Proposition logicielle</B></P>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:360
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Produit : %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "Système : %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:385
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "Modèles :<br>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Taille des paquetages à installer : %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Téléchargement depuis les dépôts distants : %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:470
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr "Ces produits complémentaires ont été marqués pour l'auto-suppression : %1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr "Contactez les fabricants de ces produits complémentaires pour vous fournir les nouveaux média d'installation."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:498
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr "Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour vous fournir le nouveau média d'installation."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:539
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr "Erreur : impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier de base %1 (périphérique %2), impossible de démarrer l'installation."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr "Attention : Impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier %1 (périphérique %2)."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "Espace disque insuffisant."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "Espace disque insuffisant. Supprimez quelques paquetages dans la sélection unique."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "Il ne reste que %1 (%2%%) d'espace disponible sur la partition %3.<BR>"
#. Check the YaST required packages.
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648
msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install."
msgstr "Veuillez sélectionner les éléments nécessaires à installer."
#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr "Le nouveau produit <b>%s</b> sera installé"
#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr "Le produit <b>%s</b>sera mis à jour"
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:719
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr "Le produit <b>%{old_product}</b>sera mis à jour avec <b>%{new_product}</b>"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
msgstr "Le produit <b>%s</b> restera installé"
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:736
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr "<b>Avertissement :</b> le produit<b>%s</b> sera supprimé."
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:737
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr "<b>Erreur</b> : le produit <b>%s</b> sera automatiquement supprimé."
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:763
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1806,12 +1806,12 @@
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Aucun dépôt trouvé sur '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1500
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1822,31 +1822,31 @@
"vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version mises à jour depuis le serveur Web SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Intégration du média d'amorçage..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1549
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Échec de l'intégration du dépôt du service pack."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Initialisation des dépôts..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1814
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Insérez le CD 1 %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1816
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 non trouvé"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@
"Vérifiez le fichier de journalisation %1 pour plus de détails."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2198
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1864,12 +1864,12 @@
"La proposition logicielle sera appelée à nouveau."
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Évaluation de la sélection de paquetages..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1878,18 +1878,18 @@
"Modèle introuvable."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743
msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s"
msgstr "Les paquets suivants doivent être sélectionnés pour l'installation : %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2735
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746
msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s"
msgstr "Les types de paquets suivants doivent être sélectionnés pour l'installation : %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names
#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2739
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750
msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}"
msgstr "Les éléments (%{type}) suivants doivent être sélectionnés pour l'installation : %{list}"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Connexion au serveur d'enregistrement"
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Registration"
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:317
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:350
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Enregistrement de %s ..."
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "URL non valide."
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:303
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr "Enregistrement du système..."
@@ -397,8 +397,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:388
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:334
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr "Mise à jour vers %s..."
@@ -460,6 +460,20 @@
"Voulez-vous activer ces dépôts pendant la mise à niveau\n"
"pour recevoir les dernières mises à jour ?"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, add registered but not installed addons to
+#. the list of products that will be downgraded.
+#. %s are all the product names splited by '\n' e.g
+#. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12\nSUSE Enterprise Storage 1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"The addons listed below are registered but not installed: \n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to downgrade also them in the registration server? \n"
+"If not they will be deactivated. "
+msgstr ""
+
#. indent size used in summary text
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Certificate:"
@@ -591,38 +605,40 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97
-msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgid "&Hide Beta Versions"
msgstr "&Filtrer les versions bêta"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Détails"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Details (English only)"
+msgstr ""
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:117
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr "Sélectionnez une extension ou un module pour en afficher les détails."
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:130
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr "%s (non disponible)"
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:269
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr "YaST permet de sélectionner au maximum %s extensions ou modules."
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:280
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Notez que certaines extensions ou certains modules peuvent nécessiter un code d'enregistrement spécifique.</p>"
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:283
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Si vous souhaitez supprimer une extension ou un module, vous devez vous connecter au SUSE Customer Center et les supprimer manuellement.</p>"
@@ -641,21 +657,6 @@
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Extensions et modules disponibles"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
-msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
-msgstr "Réenregistrement de l'extension et du module"
-
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
-msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Vous pouvez sélectionner ici les extensions et modules qui seront enregistrés à nouveau.</p>"
-
-#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "Extensions et modules enregistrés"
-
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
@@ -718,7 +719,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:269
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "&Code d'enregistrement"
@@ -749,7 +750,7 @@
msgstr "Enregistrer le produit"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr "&Adresse email"
@@ -796,49 +797,54 @@
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Enregistrer les extensions ou modules..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Wrong url for registration provided, %s is an URL.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:232
+msgid ""
+"The registration URL provided by the command line is not valid.\n"
+"\n"
+"URL: %s\n"
+"\n"
+"The default one will be used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:257
msgid "Register System via %s"
msgstr "Enregistrer le système via %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:300
msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
msgstr "Enregistrer le système via un serveur SMT local"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:311
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "URL du serveur d'enregistrement &local"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:325
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "&Ignorer l'enregistrement"
-#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
-msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
-msgstr "&Enregistrer à nouveau les extensions ou les modules"
-
#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:335
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr "Le système est déjà enregistré."
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:337
msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
msgstr "Sélectionnez votre méthode d'enregistrement préférée."
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:353
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr "Saisissez ici les références du SUSE Customer Center pour enregistrer le système afin d'obtenir les mises à jour et les extensions."
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:362
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -854,7 +860,7 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:374
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Configuration &réseau..."
@@ -952,7 +958,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons,
#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts
#. the online migration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:154
msgid ""
"The system is not registered,\n"
"to run the online migration you need\n"
@@ -963,17 +969,28 @@
"d'abord enregistrer le système."
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:198
msgid "No installed product found."
msgstr "Aucun produit installé n'a été trouvé."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, merge this addon that are registered but not
+#. installed to the current migration products list.
+#. %s is an addon friendly name, e.g 'SUSE Enterprise Storage 2 x86_64'
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:219
+msgid ""
+"The '%s' extension is registered but not installed.\n"
+"If you accept it will be added for be installed, in other case it will be unregistered at the end of the migration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to add it?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:242
msgid "No migration product found."
msgstr "Aucun produit de migration n'a été trouvé."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:319
msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
msgstr "Préparation des dépôts de migration…"
@@ -1017,48 +1034,54 @@
msgstr "Cibles de migration possibles"
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:199
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr "Résumé de migration"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message in rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:211
+msgid "The registration server does not offer migrations for Product <b>%s</b> so it will <b>stay unchanged</b>. We recommend you to check if it's correct and to configure the repositories manually in case of needed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:234
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr "ERREUR : le produit <b>%{product}</b> n'est pas disponible sur le serveur d'enregistrement (%{url}). Rendez-le disponible pour autoriser l'utilisation de cette migration."
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:246
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>va être installé.</b>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:263
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>reste inchangé.</b>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:273
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr "%{old_product} <b>va être mis à niveau vers</b> %{new_product}."
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:278
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr "%{old_product} <b>va être rétrogradé vers</b> %{new_product}."
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:311
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1072,6 +1095,57 @@
"Sélectionnez une autre cible de migration ou mettez les produits manquants à \n"
"disposition sur le serveur d'enregistrement."
+#. this class displays and runs the dialog which check all the installed
+#. but not registered products warning the user about it and allowing him
+#. to take some actions over them.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking status..."
+msgid "Checking registration status"
+msgstr "Vérification de l'état..."
+
+#. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
+msgid "Ins&tall products"
+msgstr "Produits complémentaires installés"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "&Deactivate"
+msgstr "&Désactiver"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Continuer"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't
+#. installed, %s is the addons identifiers.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "These sources were not found:\n"
+#| "%1"
+msgid ""
+"These addons were not installed:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"Sources introuvables :\n"
+"%1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (1/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153
+msgid "<p>The addons listed below are registered but not installed: </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (2/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159
+msgid "<p>It's preferable to <b>deactivate</b> your products at your registration server if you don't plan to use them anymore.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
@@ -1151,25 +1225,66 @@
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Recherche des serveurs d'enregistrement locaux..."
-#. Constructor
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC
#.
-#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show
-#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
-#. heading will be used).
-#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
-#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
-msgid "Service selection"
-msgstr "Sélection du service"
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact SUSE.
+#.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.suse.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgid "Registration Code or SMT Server URL"
+msgstr "URL du serveur d'enregistrement &local"
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
-msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
-msgstr "Sélectionnez un service détecté dans la liste."
+#. Error reports and logs about the registration are mostly handled
+#. by ConnectHelpers.catch_registration_errors and used by instances
+#. of RegistrationUI.
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not a valid umask."
+msgid "Not valid url."
+msgstr "La valeur umask est invalide."
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
-msgid "No service was selected."
-msgstr "Aucun service n'a été sélectionné."
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not supported.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Details"
+#~ msgstr "Détails"
+
+#~ msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
+#~ msgstr "Réenregistrement de l'extension et du module"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Vous pouvez sélectionner ici les extensions et modules qui seront enregistrés à nouveau.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+#~ msgstr "Extensions et modules enregistrés"
+
+#~ msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+#~ msgstr "&Enregistrer à nouveau les extensions ou les modules"
+
+#~ msgid "Service selection"
+#~ msgstr "Sélection du service"
+
+#~ msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+#~ msgstr "Sélectionnez un service détecté dans la liste."
+
+#~ msgid "No service was selected."
+#~ msgstr "Aucun service n'a été sélectionné."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-07 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -15,64 +15,10 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module
-#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53
+#: src/clients/reipl.rb:52
msgid "Configuration of reipl"
msgstr "Configuration de reipl"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a device name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Après arrêt, rechargez le système\n"
-"avec un IPL provenant du périphérique '%1'.\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name
-#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
-#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n"
-"with WWPN '%2'\n"
-"and LUN '%3'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Après extinction, rechargez le système\n"
-"avec un IPL provenant du FCP '%1'\n"
-"avec le WWPN '%2'\n"
-"et le LUN '%3'.\n"
-
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
-"with an IPL from the device \n"
-"that contains /boot"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Après extinction, recharger le système\n"
-"avec un IPL provenant du périphérique \n"
-"qui contient /boot"
-
-#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "Reipl"
-msgstr "Reipl"
-
-#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85
-msgid "&Reipl"
-msgstr "&Reipl"
-
#. Reipl configure dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100
@@ -280,32 +226,62 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialisation..."
-#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323
-msgid "Configured reipl methods"
-msgstr "Méthodes reipl configurées"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#~ "with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Après arrêt, rechargez le système\n"
+#~ "avec un IPL provenant du périphérique '%1'.\n"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330
-msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
-msgstr "La méthode ccw est configurée et utilisée."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#~ "with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n"
+#~ "with WWPN '%2'\n"
+#~ "and LUN '%3'.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Après extinction, rechargez le système\n"
+#~ "avec un IPL provenant du FCP '%1'\n"
+#~ "avec le WWPN '%2'\n"
+#~ "et le LUN '%3'.\n"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332
-msgid "The method ccw is configured."
-msgstr "La méthode ccw est configurée."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system \n"
+#~ "with an IPL from the device \n"
+#~ "that contains /boot"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Après extinction, recharger le système\n"
+#~ "avec un IPL provenant du périphérique \n"
+#~ "qui contient /boot"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335
-msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
-msgstr "La méthode ccw n'est pas prise en charge."
+#~ msgid "Reipl"
+#~ msgstr "Reipl"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343
-msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
-msgstr "La méthode fcp est configurée et utilisée."
+#~ msgid "&Reipl"
+#~ msgstr "&Reipl"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345
-msgid "The method fcp is configured."
-msgstr "La méthode fcp est configurée."
+#~ msgid "Configured reipl methods"
+#~ msgstr "Méthodes reipl configurées"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348
-msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
-msgstr "La méthode fcp n'est pas prise en charge."
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
+#~ msgstr "La méthode ccw est configurée et utilisée."
+
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is configured."
+#~ msgstr "La méthode ccw est configurée."
+
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
+#~ msgstr "La méthode ccw n'est pas prise en charge."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
+#~ msgstr "La méthode fcp est configurée et utilisée."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is configured."
+#~ msgstr "La méthode fcp est configurée."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
+#~ msgstr "La méthode fcp n'est pas prise en charge."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/rpm-groups.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/rpm-groups.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/rpm-groups.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bugzilla.opensuse.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-09 12:27+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-15 17:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -71,6 +71,9 @@
msgid "Building"
msgstr "Construction"
+msgid "C++"
+msgstr ""
+
msgid "CAD"
msgstr "CAD"
@@ -116,9 +119,6 @@
msgid "Convertors"
msgstr "Convertisseurs"
-msgid "Daemon"
-msgstr "Démon"
-
msgid "Daemons"
msgstr "Daemons"
@@ -320,9 +320,6 @@
msgid "LXDE"
msgstr "LXDE"
-msgid "LXDE-Qt"
-msgstr "LXDE-Qt"
-
msgid "LXQt"
msgstr "LXQt"
@@ -356,6 +353,11 @@
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Monitoring"
+msgid "monitoring"
+msgstr "Monitoring"
+
msgid "Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitoring"
@@ -569,9 +571,6 @@
msgid "Terminals"
msgstr "Terminaux"
-msgid "Tests"
-msgstr "Tests"
-
msgid "TeX"
msgstr "TeX"
@@ -655,3 +654,12 @@
msgid "YaST"
msgstr "YaST"
+
+#~ msgid "Daemon"
+#~ msgstr "Démon"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE-Qt"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE-Qt"
+
+#~ msgid "Tests"
+#~ msgstr "Tests"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
msgstr "DASD"
#. section name in proposal - menu item
-#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:111
msgid "&DASD"
msgstr "&DASD"
@@ -60,24 +60,24 @@
msgstr "Détection des contrôleurs disponibles"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:71
msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du contrôleur disque S/390"
#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:83
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Configurer les disques &DASD"
#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:93
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Configurer les disques &ZFCP"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:101 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialisation..."
@@ -102,82 +102,82 @@
msgstr "&zFCP"
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "&Activate"
msgstr "&Activer"
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "&Deactivate"
msgstr "&Désactiver"
#. menu button id
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:169 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "Set DIAG O&n"
msgstr "Mettre DIAG en m&arche"
#. menu button id
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:171 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:180
msgid "Set DIAG O&ff"
msgstr "Ar&rêter DIAG"
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formater"
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "Set Format On"
msgstr "Activer le formatage"
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "Set Format Off"
msgstr "Désactiver le formatage"
#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks"
msgstr "Disques en ¶llèle formatés"
#. error popup message
#. error popup message
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:216 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:673
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Aucun disque sélectionné."
#. 8 means disk is not formatted
#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:243 src/modules/DASDController.rb:149
msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?"
msgstr "Le périphérique %1 n'est pas formaté. Voulez-vous le formater maintenant ?"
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:246 src/modules/DASDController.rb:152
msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?"
msgstr "%1 périphériques ne sont pas formatés. Voulez-vous les formater maintenant ?"
#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:258
msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1."
msgstr "Périphérique introuvable pour le canal %1."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "Disk %1 is not active."
msgstr "Le disque %1 n'est pas actif."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing."
msgstr "Le disque %1 n'est pas accessible en écriture."
#. popup question
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:342
msgid ""
"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n"
"Really format the following disks?<br>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
" %1"
#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:404
msgid "DASD Disk Management"
msgstr "Gestion des disques DASD"
@@ -196,111 +196,111 @@
#. table header
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:125
msgid "Channel ID"
msgstr "ID du Canal"
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Formater"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428
msgid "Use DIAG"
msgstr "Utiliser DIAG"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Périphérique"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Access Type"
msgstr "Type d'accès"
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Formatted"
msgstr "Formaté"
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Partition Information"
msgstr "Informations sur la partition"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID"
msgstr "ID Mi&nimum du Canal"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:450 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID"
msgstr "ID Ma&ximum du Canal"
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:456 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&Filtre"
#. menu button
#. menu button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Perform &Action"
msgstr "Procéder à l'&action"
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "&Select All"
msgstr "Tout &sélectionner"
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471
msgid "&Deselect All"
msgstr "Tout &déselectionner"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:541 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:215
msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs."
msgstr "Filtre d'IDs du canal non valide."
#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Add New DASD Disk"
msgstr "Ajouter un nouveau disque DASD"
#. text entry
#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:595 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "&Channel ID"
msgstr "ID de &canal"
#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Format the Disk"
msgstr "Formater le disque"
#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602
msgid "Use &DIAG"
msgstr "Utiliser &DIAG"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:624
msgid ""
"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -312,14 +312,14 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:357 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Not a valid channel ID."
msgstr "ID de canal non valide."
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:645 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:423
msgid "Device already exists."
msgstr "Le périphérique existe déjà."
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</b>.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:49 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:55 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>"
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:60 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -384,12 +384,12 @@
"<b>l'ID maximum du Canal</b> puis cliquez sur <b>Filtrer</b>.</p>\n"
#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:65
msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pour configurer un nouveau disque DASD, cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>.</p>"
#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
"et cliquez sur <b>Effacer</b>.</p>"
#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
"<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
"<b>Tout sélectionner</b> ou <b>Tout désélectionner</b>.</p>\n"
#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n"
"The action will be performed immediately!</p>"
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
"L'action sera effectuée immédiatement !</p>"
#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n"
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
"identifiant.</p>"
#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n"
"use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -436,13 +436,13 @@
"utilisez <b>Formater le disque</b>.</p>\n"
#. Disk add help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102
msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Pour utiliser le mode DIAG, sélectionnez <b>Utiliser DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:95 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:94
msgid "Controller Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du contrôleur"
@@ -473,17 +473,17 @@
"ou partitionné de façon incompatible, cochez la case <b>Forcer l'écriture du disque</b>.</p>"
#. Dump dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63
msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>"
msgstr "<p>Pour utiliser des périphériques DASD et ZFCP, activez les dans les boites de dialogues respectives YAST DASD ou ZFCP.<br>"
#. Dump dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67
msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
msgstr "Les périphériques en cours d'utilisation ou disposant de partitions montées ne seront pas affichés.</p>"
#. Dump dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n"
"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>"
@@ -492,31 +492,31 @@
"utilisable. Les périphériques de vidage multivolumes sont indiqués par une liste d'ID DASD.</p>"
#. Dump dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"
msgstr "<p>Colonnes ZFCP : Périphérique, Taille, ID, WWPN, LUN, Vidage<br>"
#. Dump dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:78
msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>"
msgstr "Colonnes DASD : Périphérique, Taille, ID, Vidage</p>"
#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:96
msgid "&ZFCP"
msgstr "&ZFCP"
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:122
msgid "&Force overwrite of disk"
msgstr "&Forcer l'écrasement du disque"
#. prevent leading space
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186
msgid "You haven't selected any device."
msgstr "Vous n'avez sélectionné aucun périphérique."
#. warn only in case of force
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191
msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?"
msgstr "Le disque %1 sera formaté en tant que périphérique de vidage. Toutes les données qu'il contient seront perdues. Voulez-vous continuer ?"
@@ -539,21 +539,21 @@
"<br>Elles sont séparées par des sauts de lignes.</p>\n"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:44
msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47
msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
msgstr "<p>TS-Shell permet de spécifier l'<b>Autorisation</b> pour chaque utilisateur et groupe TS-Shell. Les droits d'un groupe sont hérités par ses membres.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52
msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Chaque ID z/VM autorisé peut être sélectionné manuellement sous <b>Sélection</b>, défini par une <b>Regex (Regular Expression)</b> ou chargé depuis un <b>fichier</b> contenant tous les ID z/VM autorisés, séparés par des retours de ligne.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n"
"User</b> to remove users.</p>"
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
"l'utilisateur</b> pour en enlever.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n"
"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
@@ -571,16 +571,16 @@
"l'appartenance des utilisateurs, allez sur <b>Gérer les groupes</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68
msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>À l'aide des <b>ID audités</b>, spécifiez les ID z/VM à partir desquels les transcriptions pourront être rassemblées.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:72
msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Nouvel utilisateur TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>"
@@ -589,12 +589,12 @@
"\t<br>Il est également possible de spécifier les <b>groupes supplémentaires</b> en les sélectionnant à droite de l'écran.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pour être sûr que l'utilisateur modifie son mot de passe après la première connexion, activez <b>Forcer la modification du mot de passe</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
"<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n"
"data will be stored there.</p>"
@@ -603,11 +603,11 @@
"donnée n'y sera stockée.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:91
msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Gérer les groupes pour l'autorisation TS</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n"
"member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>"
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
"de ce groupe héritent des mêmes droits.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
"l'autorisation TS-Shell. Sélectionnez les groupes dans le tableau et cliquez sur <b>Sélectionner ou Désélectionner</b>. L'état actuel est indiqué dans la colonne <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n"
"selection.</p>"
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@
".</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>"
@@ -643,21 +643,21 @@
"\t<br>Pour supprimer les groupes précédemment créés, la boîte de dialogue <b>Utilisateurs YaST</b> doit être utilisée.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Annulez les modifications apportées dans cette boîte de dialogue, en cliquant sur le bouton <b>Retour</b>.</p>"
#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:119
msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn au login</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122
msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
msgstr "<p>IUCVConn au login requiert un utilisateur pour chaque ID z/VM. Pour créer ces utilisateurs, il est nécessaire de fournir un <b>mot de passe</b> et un <b>répertoire privé</b>."
#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127
msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>"
msgstr "<p>Il est possible de synchroniser les utilisateurs manuellement en cliquant sur <b>Synchroniser</b> ou en confirmant simplement les modifications avec <b>OK</b> si l'option <b>IUCVConn au login</b> est activée. </p>"
@@ -846,87 +846,87 @@
msgstr "Membres &TS"
#. draw active tab
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:594
msgid "&z/VM IDs"
msgstr "ID &z/VM"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
msgid "&TS-Shell"
msgstr "&TS-Shell"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
msgid "&IUCVConn"
msgstr "&IUCVConn"
#. check and commit password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:708
msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid."
msgstr "Les mots de passe ne correspondent pas ou ne sont pas valides."
#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:714
msgid "The username is not valid!"
msgstr "Le nom d'utilisateur n'est pas valide."
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:718
msgid "A home directory has to be specified!"
msgstr "Un répertoire privé doit être spécifié."
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:751
msgid "Adding the user has failed."
msgstr "L'ajout de l'utilisateur a échoué."
#. delete group entry if disabled
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:843
msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings"
msgstr "Configurer les paramètres du serveur de terminaux IUCV"
#. update screen
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:863
msgid "New TS-Shell User"
msgstr "Nouvel utilisateur TS-Shell"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:876
msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization"
msgstr "Gérer les groupes pour l'autorisation TS"
#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1000
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed."
msgstr "ID z/VM \"%1\" incorrect à la ligne %2 : seuls les chiffres et les lettres sont autorisés."
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
msgstr "ID z/VM \"%1\" incorrect à la ligne %2 : l'ID ne doit pas commencer par un chiffre."
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
msgstr "ID z/VM \"%1\" incorrect à la ligne %2 : l'ID ne doit pas contenir plus de 8 caractères."
#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required."
msgstr "ID z/VM \"%1\" incorrect à la ligne %2 : l'ID doit contenir au moins une lettre."
#. check password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1061
msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required."
msgstr "Un mot de passe correct pour synchroniser les utilisateurs IUCVConn est requis."
#. check home directory
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1067
msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid."
msgstr "Le répertoire privé IUCVConn spécifié n'est pas valide."
#. update ts member selection
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1415
msgid "The group name is not valid!"
msgstr "Le nom du groupe n'est pas valide."
#. change tab selection back
#. check for z/VM ID entries
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1474
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1575
msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs."
msgstr "Impossible de configurer le serveur de terminaux sans ID z/VM valides."
@@ -969,32 +969,32 @@
msgstr "<p>Plusieurs <b>instances IUCVtty</b> peuvent s'exécuter, pour procurer plusieurs terminaux. Les instances se distinguent à l'aide d'un ID de terminal composé du <b>>préfixe de l'ID de terminal</b> et du numéro de l'instance.<br>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131
msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>"
msgstr "Par exemple, si vous créez dix instances avec le préfixe "<i>lxterm</i>", les ID de terminal <i>lxterm0</i> à <i>lxterm9</i> sont disponibles.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138
msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Le pilote du périphérique z/VM IUCV HVC est un module du kernel et utilise les noeuds du périphérique pour activer jusqu'à huit terminaux HVC afin de communiquer avec les programmes getty et login.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>L'<b>accès limité</b> autorise les connexions uniquement à partir de certains <b>serveurs de terminaux</b>.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Définissez l'émulation pour toutes les instances simultanément ou individuellement.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n"
"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>"
@@ -1003,85 +1003,85 @@
"le périphérique hvc0 plutôt que ttyS0.<br>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156
msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
msgstr "Si vous souhaitez que les messages du kernel s'affichent toujours sur ttyS0, ajoutez manuellement <b>console=ttyS0</b> au paramètre du kernel de sélection de démarrage actuel dans le <b>module du chargeur d'amorçage YaST</b>.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161
msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Avertissement : les terminaux HVC restent logués sans logout manuel via le raccourci ctrl _ d.</h3>"
#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:174
msgid "&IUCVtty"
msgstr "&IUCVtty"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix"
msgstr "&Préfixe de l'ID du terminal"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:188
msgid "I&UCVtty instances"
msgstr "Instances I&UCVtty"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:202
msgid "HVC"
msgstr "HVC"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:212
msgid "H&VC instances"
msgstr "Instances H&VC"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
msgid "Restrict &access to"
msgstr "Limiter l'&accès à"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:229
msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers"
msgstr "&Serveurs de terminaux autorisés"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:237
msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0"
msgstr "Router les messages du &kernel vers hvc0"
#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:330
msgid "Really leave without saving?"
msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la page sans enregistrer ?"
#. check iucv id
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:339
msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid."
msgstr "L'ID IUCV n'est pas valide."
#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:349
msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid."
msgstr "Les serveurs de terminaux ne sont pas valides."
#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:380
msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect."
msgstr "Le système doit être redémarré pour appliquer les modifications."
#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:62
msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD."
msgstr "Seules %1 lignes sont autorisées pour VMCMD."
#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:108
msgid "On Panic Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration d'On Panic"
#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111
msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Configurer les opérations à exécuter en cas de panique du kernel</b></p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115
msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Le daemon <b>Dumpconf</b> doit être activé pour influencer le comportement en cas de panique du kernel.</p>"
@@ -1115,83 +1115,83 @@
"disponible sur LPAR avec les machines z9(r) et ultérieures, ainsi que sur z/VM 5.3 et versions ultérieures.<br>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:133
msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>"
msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> Exécute les commandes CP spécifiées et arrête le système.</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135
msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>La durée définie dans <b>Minutes à reporter</b> permet de reporter l'activation de l'action de panique spécifiée pour un système récemment démarré afin d'éviter les boucles. Si un crash système survient avant que le délai ne s'écoule, l'action par défaut (arrêt) est exécutée.</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141
msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Le périphérique destiné à vider la mémoire peut être défini via l'option <b>Périphérique de vidage</b>. Si aucun périphérique ne s'affiche, vous devez en créer un dans la boîte de dialogue <b>Périphériques de vidage YaST</b>.</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147
msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Avec <b>VMCMD</b>, spécifiez les commandes CP à exécuter avant que le système Linux ne soit arrêté. Seules %1 lignes et un total de %2 caractères sont autorisés.</p>"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:171
msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf"
msgstr "Ne pa&s démarrer Dumpconf"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:180
msgid "&Start Dumpconf"
msgstr "&Démarrer Dumpconf"
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:194
msgid "&Panic Action"
msgstr "&Action de panique"
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:197
msgid "Delay &Minutes"
msgstr "&Minutes à reporter"
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:207
msgid "&Dump Device"
msgstr "&Périphérique de vidage"
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:211
msgid "&VMCMD"
msgstr "&VMCMD"
#. don't allow dumps if no device is available
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:271
msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device."
msgstr "Il est impossible d'activer le processus de vidage sans périphérique de vidage."
#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:285
msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command."
msgstr "Il est impossible d'utiliser VMCMD sans définir au moins une commande."
#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr "Périphériques ZFCP configurés"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:118 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:127
msgid "WWPN"
msgstr "WWPN"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
msgid "LUN"
msgstr "Numéro d'unité logique (LUN)"
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:232 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:380
msgid ""
"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -1200,42 +1200,42 @@
"Toutes vos modifications seront perdues."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Add New ZFCP Device"
msgstr "Ajouter un nouveau périphérique ZFCP"
#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "Get WWPNs"
msgstr "Obtenir des WWPN"
#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "&WWPN"
msgstr "&WWPN"
#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:308
msgid "Get LUNs"
msgstr "Obtenir des LUN"
#. combobox
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311
msgid "&LUN"
msgstr "&LUN"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314
msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan."
msgstr "Si aucun WWPN et aucun LUN n'ont été définis, le système tente d'utiliser le paramètre allow_lun_scan."
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:365 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:402
msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid."
msgstr "Le WWPN saisi est incorrect."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "The entered LUN is invalid."
msgstr "Le LUN entré n'est pas valide."
@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n"
@@ -1267,12 +1267,12 @@
"Gérez les périphériques ZFCP sur votre système.</p>\n"
#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:59
msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pour configurer un nouveau périphérique ZFCP, cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>.</p>"
#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -1282,11 +1282,11 @@
#. Disk selection dialog Warning
#. Disk selection dialog Warning
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Avertissement</h1>"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n"
"<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n"
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@
" Sinon, il existe un risque potentiel de corruption des données.</p>"
#. Disk add help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n"
@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@
"(<b>WWPN</b>) et le numéro <b>LUN</b>.</p>\n"
#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n"
"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
@@ -1328,95 +1328,95 @@
#. popup label
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:178 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:153
msgid "Running mkinitrd."
msgstr "Exécution de mkinitrd."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:311
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr "ID de canal : %1, Format : %2, DIAG : %3"
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:324
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr "ID de canal : %1, Périphérique : %2, DIAG : %3"
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:356
msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks"
msgstr "Lecture des disques DASD configurés"
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515
msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted."
msgstr "%1 : sysfs non monté."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523
msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>."
msgstr "%1: état incorrect pour <en ligne>."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438
msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>."
msgstr "%1: périphérique introuvable pour <ccwid>."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470
msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device."
msgstr "%1 : impossible de modifier l'état du périphérique."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479
msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD."
msgstr "%1 : ce périphérique n'est pas un DASD."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488
msgid "%1: Could not load module."
msgstr "%1 : impossible de charger le module."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497
msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD."
msgstr "%1 : échec de l'activation de DASD."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506
msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted."
msgstr "%1 : DASD n'est pas formaté."
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571
msgid "%1: Unknown error %2."
msgstr "%1 : erreur inconnue %2."
#. progress bar
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622
msgid "Formatting %1:"
msgstr "Formatage de %1 :"
#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747
msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1."
msgstr "Échec du formatage des disques. Code de sortie : %1."
#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3
#. integers,
#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718
msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done"
msgstr "Formatage de %1 : cylindre %2 de %3 fait"
@@ -1455,9 +1455,9 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:335 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:233 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:275
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminé"
@@ -1480,37 +1480,37 @@
msgstr "Le processus de création d'un périphérique de vidage peut durer plusieurs minutes."
#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:147
msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)."
msgstr "Disque non valide ou non utilisable (erreur fatale)"
#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:150
msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force."
msgstr "Formatage ou partitionnement incompatible, corrigez à l'aide de l'option Forcer."
#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:155
msgid "Missing support programs."
msgstr "Programmes de prise en charge manquants."
#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:158
msgid "Missing or wrong parameters."
msgstr "Paramètres manquants ou incorrects"
#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:161
msgid "Access problem."
msgstr "Problème d'accès"
#. error description, %1 is error code (integer)
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:164
msgid "Error code from support program: %1."
msgstr "Code d'erreur renvoyé par le programme de support : %1."
#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:168
msgid ""
"Cannot create dump device %1:\n"
"%2"
@@ -1555,37 +1555,37 @@
msgstr "Lecture des paramètres du kernel..."
#. Inittab write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:221
msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration"
msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration des terminaux IUCV"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:230
msgid "Write IUCVtty settings"
msgstr "Écrire les paramètres IUCVtty"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
msgid "Write HVC settings"
msgstr "Écrire les paramètres HVC"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
msgid "Write kernel parameters"
msgstr "Écrire les paramètres du kernel"
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238
msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres IUCVtty..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
msgid "Writing HVC settings..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres HVC..."
#. Progress step 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
msgid "Writing kernel parameters..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du kernel..."
@@ -1596,27 +1596,27 @@
#. Read all settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:316
msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration"
msgstr "Chargement de la configuration du serveur de terminaux IUCV"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:325
msgid "Read configuration files"
msgstr "Lire les fichiers de configuration"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:327
msgid "Load user/group settings"
msgstr "Charger les paramètres de l'utilisateur/du groupe"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:331
msgid "Reading configuration files..."
msgstr "Lecture des fichiers de configuration..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:333
msgid "Loading user/group settings..."
msgstr "Chargement des paramètres de l'utilisateur/du groupe..."
@@ -1646,67 +1646,67 @@
msgstr "Mise à jour des paramètres de l'utilisateur..."
#. Dumpconf read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:214
msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr "Lecture de la configuration Dumpconf"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:223
msgid "Checking dump devices"
msgstr "Vérification des périphériques de vidage"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:225
msgid "Reading settings"
msgstr "Lecture des paramètres"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:229
msgid "Checking dump devices..."
msgstr "Vérification des périphériques de vidage..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:231
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Lecture des paramètres..."
#. Dumpconf write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:256
msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration Dumpconf"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:265
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Écrire les paramètres"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:267
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr "Redémarrer le service"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:271
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:273
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr "Redémarrage du service..."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:279
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"
msgstr "ID de canal : %1, WWPN : %2, LUN : %3"
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:288
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4"
msgstr "ID de canal : %1, WWPN : %2, LUN : %3, Périphérique : %4"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:348
msgid ""
"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n"
"You will have to set it manually."
@@ -1715,61 +1715,61 @@
"Vous devrez les définir manuellement."
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:366
msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr "Lecture des périphériques ZFCP configurés"
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
msgid "%1: WWPN invalid."
msgstr "%1: WWPN non valide."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1."
msgstr "%1: impossible d'activer WWPN pour l'adaptateur %1."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device."
msgstr "%1 : impossible d'activer le périphérique ZFCP."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated."
msgstr "%1: impossible de désactiver le disque SCSI."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered."
msgstr "%1 : impossible d'annuler l'enregistrement de LUN."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered."
msgstr "%1: impossible d'annuler l'enregistrement de WWPN."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:531
msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist."
msgstr "%1: le périphérique <ccwid> n'existe pas."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:539
msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded."
msgstr "%1: impossible de charger le module zfcp."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:547
msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed."
msgstr "%1: impossible de modifier l'état de l'adaptateur."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:555
msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active."
msgstr "%1: ports WWPN encore actifs."
#. message, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563
msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan."
msgstr "%1 : cet adaptateur hôte prend en charge le paramètre allow_lun_scan."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -1711,107 +1711,115 @@
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:293
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminé"
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:186
+msgid ""
+"Cups is required by samba for printing to \n"
+"work correctly. Do you wish to disable printing?\n"
+"Note: To reenable printing you will need to \n"
+"manually enable the \"printers\" share and install cups."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Samba-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:263
msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration"
msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur Samba"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Écrire les paramètres généraux"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "Désactiver les services SAMBA "
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:272
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "Activer les services Samba"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:274
msgid "Write back-end settings"
msgstr "Écrire les paramètres back-end"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:276
msgid "Write Samba accounts"
msgstr "Écrire les comptes Samba"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:278
msgid "Save firewall settings"
msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres du pare-feu"
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres globaux..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Désactivation des services SAMBA..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Activation des services SAMBA..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:287
msgid "Writing back-end settings..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres back-end..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:289
msgid "Writing Samba accounts..."
msgstr "Écriture des comptes Samba..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:291
msgid "Saving firewall settings..."
msgstr "Enregistrement des paramètres du pare-feu..."
#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:317
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrer les paramètres dans /etc/samba/smb.conf."
#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:414
msgid "Global Configuration:"
msgstr "Configuration globale :"
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:416
#, perl-format
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s"
msgstr "Groupe de travail ou domaine : %s"
#. summary item: selected role for the samba server
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:420
#, perl-format
msgid "Role: %s"
msgstr "Rôle : %s"
#. summary item: status of the samba service
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:423
msgid "Samba server is disabled"
msgstr "Le serveur Samba est désactivé"
#. summary heading: configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:427
msgid "Share Configuration:"
msgstr "Configuration des partages :"
#. summary item: no configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:433
msgid "None"
msgstr "Aucun"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2235
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr "Impossible de désactiver %1."
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@
#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment
#. to display an error message where
#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:353
msgid ""
"The error message is:\n"
"\n"
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:375
msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1."
msgstr "Impossible de déterminer la version du paquetage %1."
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:397
msgid ""
"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n"
"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n"
@@ -1016,12 +1016,12 @@
#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:440
msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
msgstr "Le paquetage requis %1 n'est pas installé et il n'y a aucun espace de stockage disponible."
#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:455
msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
msgstr "Le paquetage requis %1 n'est pas installé et n'est pas disponible dans l'espace de stockage."
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
#. or this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:474
msgid "Failed to install required package %1."
msgstr "Échec de l'installation du paquetage requis %1."
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:495
msgid ""
"Failed to determine the active scanners.\n"
"If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n"
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:517
msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners."
msgstr "Impossible de déterminer les scanneurs actifs."
@@ -1069,8 +1069,8 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:531 src/modules/Scanner.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:648 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2474
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "Le fichier %1 n'existe pas."
@@ -1082,8 +1082,8 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:551 src/modules/Scanner.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:668 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2494
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Impossible de lire %1."
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:575
msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers."
msgstr "Impossible de déterminer les pilotes actifs."
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:634
msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically."
msgstr "Impossible de détecter automatiquement les scanneurs."
@@ -1111,53 +1111,53 @@
#. - Determine active backends
#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:764
msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du scanneur"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:768
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Vérifier les paquetages installés"
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
msgid "Read or create the scanner database"
msgstr "Lire ou créer la base de données des scanneurs"
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr "Déterminer les scanneurs actifs"
#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774
msgid "Determine active drivers"
msgstr "Déterminer les pilotes actifs"
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
msgid "Detect scanners"
msgstr "Détecter des scanneurs"
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:779
msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgstr "Vérification des paquetages installés..."
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..."
msgstr "Lecture ou création de la base de données des scanneurs..."
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr "Détermination des scanneurs actifs..."
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785
msgid "Determining active drivers..."
msgstr "Détermination des pilotes actifs..."
@@ -1166,49 +1166,49 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 src/modules/Scanner.rb:999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1068
msgid "Detecting scanners..."
msgstr "Détection des scanneurs..."
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminé"
#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database):
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:857
msgid "Creating scanner database..."
msgstr "Création de la base de données de scanneurs..."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:891
msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database."
msgstr "Interruption : impossible de créer la base de données de scanneurs."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:931
msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Interruption : impossible de lire %1."
#. Write scanner settings:
#. - Save the actual environment
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1021
msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du scanneur"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1024
msgid "Save the actual environment"
msgstr "Enregistrer l'environnement actuel"
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
msgid "Saving the actual environment..."
msgstr "Enregistrement de l'environnement actuel..."
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1086
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n"
@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1097
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n"
"This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n"
@@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1109
msgid ""
"It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n"
"Should the hplip package be installed?\n"
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1115
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n"
@@ -1285,25 +1285,25 @@
#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column
#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1294
msgid "Not Configured:"
msgstr "Non configuré :"
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1324 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2216
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Périphérique inconnu"
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1330 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2204
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr "Fabricant inconnu"
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1333 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2210
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr "Modèle inconnu"
@@ -1314,14 +1314,14 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1358 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2199
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr "%1 %2 sur %3"
#. A suffix for the second column of a table
#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column
#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1400
msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver"
msgstr "Ce pilote ne reconnaît aucun scanneur"
@@ -1329,12 +1329,12 @@
#. when neither a scanner was autodetected
#. nor an active scanner was found
#. nor an active driver was found:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1424
msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists."
msgstr "Aucun scanneur n'a été détecté ; aucun scanneur ou pilote actif n'existe."
#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1453
msgid "Firmware upload required."
msgstr "Téléchargement du microprogramme requis."
@@ -1343,79 +1343,79 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1459
msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required."
msgstr "Le pilote tiers Image Scan de Epson/Avasys est nécessaire."
#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name
#. which provides the driver for the particular model:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1525
msgid "Package %1"
msgstr "Paquet %1"
#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1546
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality."
msgstr "Le pilote non maintenu %1 offre de bonnes fonctionnalités."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1552
msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality."
msgstr "Le pilote %1 offre de bonnes fonctionnalités."
#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1559
msgid "This scanner is not supported."
msgstr "Ce scanneur n'est pas pris en charge."
#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1564
msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1."
msgstr "Ce scanner n'est pas pris en charge par le pilote %1."
#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1574
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality."
msgstr "Le pilote non maintenu %1 offre des fonctionnalités complètes."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1582
msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality."
msgstr "Le pilote %1 offre des fonctionnalités complètes."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1590
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested."
msgstr "Le pilote %1est susceptible de fonctionner, mais n'a pas été testé."
#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1599
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality."
msgstr "Le pilote non maintenu %1 offre des fonctionnalités de base."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1607
msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality."
msgstr "Le pilote %1 offre des fonctionnalités de base."
#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1617
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality."
msgstr "Le pilote non maintenu %1 offre des fonctionnalités minimales."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1625
msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality."
msgstr "Le pilote %1 offre des fonctionnalités minimales."
#. which are listed but without a known support status:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1633
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown."
msgstr "Le pilote %1 est susceptible de fonctionner, mais ses fonctionnalités sont inconnues."
@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1884
msgid ""
"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
@@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1903
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1915
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1938
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1532,51 +1532,51 @@
"Sinon, continuez et modifiez la configuration des imprimantes afin d'utiliser le service ptal.\n"
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1974
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr "Configuration du pilote %1"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1978
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr "Vérifier si des paquetages supplémentaires doivent être installés"
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr "Vérifier si un téléchargement de microprogramme est requis"
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr "Tester et configurer les besoins spéciaux pour des pilotes particuliers"
#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr "Activer le pilote"
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1989
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr "Vérification si des paquetages supplémentaires doivent être installés..."
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr "Vérification si un téléchargement de microprogramme est requis..."
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr "Test et configuration des besoins spéciaux pour des pilotes particuliers..."
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr "Activation du pilote..."
#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2018
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr "Paquetage requis non installé"
@@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr "Le pilote %1 nécessite le paquetage %2."
@@ -1594,9 +1594,8 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2032 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2073
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2106 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2117
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Interrompu"
@@ -1608,7 +1607,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2052
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr "Téléchargement du micrologiciel requis"
@@ -1617,19 +1616,12 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2096
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr "Si le service ptal ne fonctionne pas, le scanneur ne peut pas fonctionner."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
-msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
-msgstr "La configuration du système PTAL a échoué."
-
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2191
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1644,49 +1636,49 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2259
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr "Le pilote hpoj est désactivé, mais le service ptal associé n'est pas désactivé car il est requis par le système d'impression CUPS."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2274
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr "Impossible d'arrêter le service ptal."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr "Impossible de désactiver le service ptal."
#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2344
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr "Pas de scanneur pour %1"
#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2346
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr "Impossible de faire un test sans un scanneur actif correspondant."
#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2361
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr "&Scanneur à tester"
#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2383
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr "Test de %1"
#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2386
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr "Test avec 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
@@ -1694,7 +1686,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2398
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1708,7 +1700,7 @@
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr "(aucun résultat disponible)"
@@ -1718,7 +1710,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr "%1 testé avec succès"
@@ -1726,7 +1718,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1742,7 +1734,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2460
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr "Impossible de déterminer la configuration pour la numérisation via le réseau."
@@ -1750,7 +1742,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2536
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr "Impossible de configurer la numérisation via le réseau."
@@ -1765,11 +1757,14 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2564
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr "Vérifiez que votre pare-feu autorise la numérisation via le réseau."
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2566
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr "Pour les détails concernant le pare-feu voir l'aide de cette boîte de dialogue"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
+#~ msgstr "La configuration du système PTAL a échoué."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/smt.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/smt.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/smt.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: smt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 17:26+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-22 12:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -646,6 +646,19 @@
msgid "Writing patches..."
msgstr "Écriture des correctifs..."
+#. bnc #390085
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Database &Password"
+msgid "Database Password for %1 User"
+msgstr "Mot de &passe de la base de données"
+
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "P&assword for user (again)"
+msgid "Database Password for %1 User Once Again"
+msgstr "Mot de p&asse de l'utilisateur (confirmation)"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130
msgid "The first and the second password do not match."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-03 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
msgid "List partitions"
msgstr "Lister les partitions"
-#. Title for dialogue
+#. Title for dialog
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionnement proposé"
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -97,16 +97,14 @@
"Veuillez spécifier manuellement les points de montage dans le dialogue du 'partitionneur'."
#. TRANSLATORS: button text
-#. this is the resize case
-#.
-#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
+#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings")
+#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml.
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Modifier les paramètres de la proposition"
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -118,7 +116,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -133,7 +131,7 @@
"dialogue du partitionneur en mode expert.</p>\n"
#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -153,25 +151,25 @@
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "Impossible de créer la proposition demandée."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
msgstr "L'espace disponible est insuffisant pour proposer des instantanés du volume racine."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "L'espace est insuffisant pour proposer un répertoire /home distinct."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
msgstr "Rien n'est assigné en tant que système de fichiers racine ! Impossible de continuer."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -636,12 +634,12 @@
#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
#. anyway
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116
msgid "Available &Disks"
msgstr "&Disques disponibles"
#. label text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150
msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)"
msgstr "&Partitionnement personnalisé (pour experts)"
@@ -649,13 +647,13 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Disque dur"
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173
msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
msgstr "Aucun disque n'a été trouvé. Utilisez le CD de mise à jour, s'il est disponible, pour l'installation."
@@ -664,7 +662,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -677,7 +675,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help part 2 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
@@ -689,7 +687,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help part 3 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -708,7 +706,7 @@
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
#. Information what to do, background information
#. Information what to do, background information
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
msgid "Preparing Hard Disk"
@@ -716,14 +714,24 @@
#. there is a selection from which one option must be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "Sélectionnez l'une des options pour continuer."
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295
msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2"
msgstr "Le disque %1 est utilisé par %2."
+#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352
+msgid ""
+"This is for experts only.\n"
+"You might lose support if you use this!\n"
+"\n"
+"Please refer to the manual to make sure your custom\n"
+"partitioning meets the requirements of this product."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -781,19 +789,35 @@
#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
msgid ""
+"No snapshots possible.\n"
+"Please use larger root partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+msgid ""
"The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n"
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"La partition /home ne sera pas formatée. Après l'installation, assurez-vous\n"
"que les propriétés des répertoires privés sont correctement configurées."
+#. A custom configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Personnaliser"
+
+#. A standard configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Standard"
+msgstr "Standard"
+
#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionnement"
#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241
msgid "&Partitioning"
msgstr "&Partitionnement"
@@ -963,7 +987,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Proposer une partition d'&accueil séparée"
@@ -981,7 +1005,7 @@
msgstr "Type de proposition"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -996,7 +1020,7 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1011,7 +1035,7 @@
"Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1026,7 +1050,7 @@
"Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1042,7 +1066,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
@@ -1059,7 +1083,7 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1080,13 +1104,20 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
+#| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
"We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
"\n"
-"Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
+"Really keep this size of the boot partition?\n"
msgstr ""
"Attention :\n"
"La taille de votre partition d'amorçage est inférieure à %1.\n"
@@ -1095,7 +1126,7 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment conserver la taille de la partition d'amorçage ?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1112,7 +1143,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1131,7 +1162,7 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration sans la partition /boot ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1151,7 +1182,7 @@
"\n"
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1164,7 +1195,7 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1181,7 +1212,7 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -1206,7 +1237,7 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1231,12 +1262,12 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1257,7 +1288,7 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration, sans partition d'échange ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1270,7 +1301,7 @@
"notamment dans les cas suivants :\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1283,7 +1314,7 @@
"- si cette partition ne contient pas encore de système de fichiers\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -1294,7 +1325,7 @@
"montage standard tel que /, /boot, /opt ou /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1305,7 +1336,7 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment conserver la partition non formatée ?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1314,7 +1345,7 @@
"Supprimez-le du RAID avant de le modifier.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1323,7 +1354,7 @@
"Supprimez-le du groupe de volumes avant de le modifier.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1332,7 +1363,7 @@
"Supprimez le volume avant de le modifier.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1341,7 +1372,7 @@
"Supprimez-le du RAID avant de l'effacer.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1349,12 +1380,12 @@
"Le périphérique (%2) est utilisé par %1.\n"
"Supprimez %1 avant de l'effacer.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Il ne peut être effacé lorsqu'il est monté."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1363,7 +1394,7 @@
"une autre partition logique portant un numéro plus élevé est actuellement utilisée.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1376,7 +1407,7 @@
"Sélectionnez Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1391,7 +1422,7 @@
"avant d'effacer la partition étendue.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1406,7 +1437,7 @@
"d'effacer la partition étendue.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1418,6 +1449,30 @@
"en cours d'utilisation. Supprimez le volume utilisé\n"
"avant d'effacer la partition étendue.\n"
+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
+#| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
+msgid ""
+"Warning:\n"
+"\n"
+"Your root partition is very small for snapshots.\n"
+"We recommend to increase the size of the root partition\n"
+"to %1 or more or to disable snapshots.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really keep the current setup?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Attention :\n"
+"La taille de votre partition d'amorçage est inférieure à %1.\n"
+"Nous recommandons d'augmenter la taille de /boot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Voulez-vous vraiment conserver la taille de la partition d'amorçage ?\n"
+
#. heading text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System."
@@ -1425,13 +1480,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "N'oubliez pas ce que vous saisissez ici !"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Mot de passe vide autorisé !"
@@ -1460,7 +1515,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Entrez un mot de passe pour votre système de fichiers :"
@@ -1471,7 +1526,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Entrez à nouveau votre mot de passe pour &vérification :"
@@ -1494,7 +1549,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1505,7 +1560,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1625,47 +1680,54 @@
msgstr "&Système de fichiers"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "O&ptions..."
msgstr "O&ptions..."
+#. Translators: checkbox text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276
+msgid "Enable Snapshots"
+msgstr "Activer les instantanés"
+
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084
msgid "&Encrypt Device"
msgstr "&Chiffrer le périphérique"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159
msgid "File system &ID:"
msgstr "&ID du système de fichiers :"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Formater"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Do ¬ format"
msgstr "&Ne pas formater"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formater"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Fs&tab Options"
msgstr "Options Fs&tab"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Point de &montage"
#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1690,7 +1752,7 @@
"Continuer ?\n"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1701,7 +1763,7 @@
"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système de fichiers."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1712,21 +1774,21 @@
"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système de fichiers."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
msgstr "Vous risquez de perdre des données si vous réduisez cette partition."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
msgstr "Vous risquez de perdre des données si vous réduisez ce volume logique."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "Continue?"
msgstr "Continuer ?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1737,7 +1799,7 @@
"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de fichiers."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1747,20 +1809,20 @@
"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique sélectionné ne peut pas être étendu par YaST2.\n"
"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de fichiers."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372
msgid "Continue resizing?"
msgstr "Continuer le redimensionnement ?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389
msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Vous avez réduit la taille d'une partition avec un système de fichiers reiserfs."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Vous avez réduit la taille d'un volume logique avec un système de fichiers reiserfs."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398
msgid ""
"\n"
"It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n"
@@ -1775,7 +1837,7 @@
"Réduire maintenant le système de fichiers ?"
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1788,7 +1850,7 @@
"Sélectionnez Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1803,7 +1865,7 @@
"avant de supprimer le périphérique.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1818,7 +1880,7 @@
"de supprimer le périphérique.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1831,47 +1893,40 @@
"avant de supprimer le périphérique.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Créer et supprimer des sous-volumes dans un système de fichiers Btrfs.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Activer les instantanés automatiques sur un système de fichiers Btrfs avec snapper.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Existing Subvolumes:"
msgstr "Sous-volumes existants :"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583
msgid "New Subvolume"
msgstr "Nouveau sous-volume"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589
msgid "Add new"
msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel élément"
#. button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Retirer"
-#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
-msgid "Enable Snapshots"
-msgstr "Activer les instantanés"
-
#. heading text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "Traitement du sous-volume"
@@ -1891,7 +1946,7 @@
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Le nom du sous-volume %1 existe déjà."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "Les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent dans cette boite de dialogue seront perdues."
@@ -1934,7 +1989,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1953,7 +2008,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1973,7 +2028,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2005,7 +2060,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2076,17 +2131,17 @@
"Vous devez marquer toutes les partitions de ce disque pour suppression.\n"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50
msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n"
msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser le point de montage \"%1\" pour LVM.\n"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77
msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID."
msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser le point de montage %1 pour RAID."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96
msgid ""
"You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n"
"that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n"
@@ -2103,21 +2158,8 @@
"Voulez-vous vraiment faire cela ?\n"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138
msgid ""
-"You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
-"with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
-"/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n"
-"nonloopbacked file system.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous avez assigné un système de fichiers crypté à une partition \n"
-"avec un des points de montage suivants : \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
-" /var\". Cela n'est pas possible. Modifiez le point de montage ou utilisez un système de fichiers\n"
-"sans bouclage.\n"
-
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158
-msgid ""
"You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n"
"may contain files that need to be executable.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2136,28 +2178,28 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
#. @param mount mount point
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185
msgid "Mount point must not be empty."
msgstr "Le point de montage ne doit pas être vide."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190
msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Les périphériques d'échange doivent avoir un point de montage d'échange."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194
msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Seuls les périphériques d'échange peuvent avoir comme point de montage d'échange."
#. && mount!="swap" )
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209
msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one."
msgstr "Ce point de montage est déjà utilisé. Faites une autre sélection."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219
msgid ""
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
@@ -2167,12 +2209,12 @@
"Ceci n'est pas possible."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228
msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
msgstr "Caractère non valide dans le point de montage. N'utilisez pas \"`'!\"%#\" dans un point de montage."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237
msgid ""
"You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n"
"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
@@ -2183,12 +2225,12 @@
"/var/adm/mnt\n"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246
msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" "
msgstr "Votre point de montage doit commencer par \"/\" "
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
"to a device without a swap file system."
@@ -2197,17 +2239,23 @@
"à un périphérique sans système de fichiers swap."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299
+#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB)
+#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
+#| "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
msgid ""
"Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
-"The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
+"The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n"
+"The minimum size for this file system is %3.\n"
msgstr ""
"Votre partition est trop petite pour utiliser %1.\n"
"La taille minimale requise pour ce système de fichiers est %2.\n"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
"to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
@@ -2216,7 +2264,7 @@
"à un périphérique avec un système de fichiers inexistant ou inconnu."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2240,12 +2288,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Le système de fichiers est actuellement monté sur %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2255,12 +2303,12 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Démonter"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2268,15 +2316,15 @@
"Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant ou annuler.\n"
"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous faites."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de réduire le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Il n'est pas possible d'étendre le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
@@ -2758,47 +2806,47 @@
"Le cas échéant, spécifiez le point de montage ( /, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Options de formatage"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formater la partition"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Ne pas formater la partition"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Ne pas monter la partition"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Options de montage"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Monter la partition"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Point de montage"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Options Fs&tab..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Les fichiers cryptés doivent être codés."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2811,17 +2859,17 @@
"Vérifiez également l'option de format.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Les fichiers cryptés exigent un point de montage."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs nécessite un point de montage."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2836,7 +2884,7 @@
"
max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Taille actuelle : %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Actuellement utilisé : %1"
@@ -2914,8 +2962,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2927,33 +2975,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Taille maximum (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Taille minimale (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Taille personnalisée"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez la nouvelle taille.<p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2963,7 +3011,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2976,12 +3024,12 @@
"de redimensionnement."
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Sortie de %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Analyse des disques..."
@@ -3242,7 +3290,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5221
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Le disque est en cours d'utilisation et ne peut pas être modifié."
@@ -5281,12 +5329,12 @@
msgstr "Fichier de modèle"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "&Taille de Tmpfs"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5294,12 +5342,12 @@
"Taille spécifiée invalide. Utilisez un nombre suivi de K, M, G ou %.\n"
"La valeur doit être supérieure à 100k ou entre 1% et 200%. Essayez à nouveau."
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "La valeur doit être comprise entre 1 % et 200 %. Essayez à nouveau."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -5310,17 +5358,17 @@
" du pourcentage de mémoire.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "&Priorité swap"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "La valeur doit être comprise entre 0 et 32767. Faites une autre entrée."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5329,12 +5377,12 @@
"Entrez la priorité swap. Les nombres les plus importants signifient une priorité plus élevée.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "Montage en &lecture seule"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
@@ -5345,12 +5393,12 @@
"Lors de l'installation, le système de fichier est toujours monté en lecture-écriture.</p>"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Pas de date d'&accès"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5359,12 +5407,12 @@
"Les dates d'accès ne sont pas actualisées lorsqu'un fichier est lu. La valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524
msgid "Mountable by User"
msgstr "Montable par l'utilisateur"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5373,12 +5421,12 @@
"Le système de fichiers peut être monté par n'importe quel utilisateur. La définition par défaut est erronée.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "Ne pas monter au &démarrage du système"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -5393,12 +5441,12 @@
"est entrée (<pointDeMontage> est le répertoire sur lequel le système de fichiers est monté). La valeur par défaut est faux.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "Activer la prise en charge des "as"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5409,12 +5457,12 @@
"La valeur par défaut est faux.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "Mode de &journalisation des données"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -5433,12 +5481,12 @@
"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordre des données n'est pas conservé. Aucun impact sur les performances.< /p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "Listes de contrôle des &accès (ACL)"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5447,12 +5495,12 @@
"Active les listes de contrôle des accès sur le système de fichiers.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "Attributs &étendus de l'utilisateur"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5461,16 +5509,16 @@
"Permet les attributs étendus de l'utilisateur sur le système de fichiers.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "&Valeur option arbitraire"
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
msgstr "Caractère incorrect dans la valeur d'option. Ne pas utiliser d'espace ou de tabulation. Réessayer."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -5481,12 +5529,12 @@
"Les options multiples sont séparées par des virgules.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "&Table de caractères pour noms de fichiers"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5495,12 +5543,12 @@
"Définissez la table de caractères à utiliser pour l'affichage des noms de fichiers dans les partitions Windows. </p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "Code&page pour les noms courts FAT"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5509,12 +5557,12 @@
"Ce codepage est utilisé pour la conversion des caractères de noms courts sur les systèmes de fichiers FAT. </p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "Nombre de &FAT"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
@@ -5523,12 +5571,12 @@
"Spécifiez le nombre de tables d'allocation de fichiers dans le système de fichiers. La valeur par défaut est 2.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "&Taille FAT"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
@@ -5537,17 +5585,17 @@
"Spécifie le type de tables d'allocation de fichiers utilisé (12, 16 ou 32 bits). Avec l'option auto, YaST sélectionnera automatiquement la valeur la plus adaptée à la taille du système de fichiers.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "Entrées du &répertoire racine"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr "La valeur minimale pour \"Entrées du répertoire racine\" est 112. Essayez à nouveau."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5556,12 +5604,12 @@
"Sélectionnez le nombre d'entrées disponibles dans le répertoire racine.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "&Fonction de hachage"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5570,12 +5618,12 @@
"Spécifie le nom de la fonction de hachage qui sera utilisée pour trier les noms de fichiers dans les répertoires.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "&Révision FS"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
@@ -5585,12 +5633,12 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "&Taille des blocs en octets"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
@@ -5600,13 +5648,13 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "Taille de &I-noeud"
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5615,12 +5663,12 @@
"Cette option spécifie la taille de i-noeud du système de fichiers.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "&Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-noeuds"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
@@ -5629,12 +5677,12 @@
"L'option \"Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-noeuds\" spécifie le pourcentage maximal d'espace pouvant être attribué aux i-noeuds dans le système de fichiers.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "I-noeud &aligné"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
@@ -5647,12 +5695,12 @@
"est plus efficace que l'accès non-aligné.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "Taille du &log en mégaoctets"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5662,7 +5710,7 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
@@ -5671,17 +5719,17 @@
"Spécifiez la taille du log (en Mo). Si auto est sélectionné, la valeur par défaut est 40% de la taille de l'agrégat.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "Lancer l'&utilitaire pour lister les blocs défectueux"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "&Longueur du décalage (stride) en blocs"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5690,7 +5738,7 @@
"Sélectionnez une valeur supérieure à 1.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5703,7 +5751,7 @@
"argument le nombre de blocs dans une bande RAID.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5712,12 +5760,12 @@
"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille des blocs est définie en fonction de la taille du système de fichiers et de l'usage auquel il est destiné.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "Octets par &i-noeud"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5734,12 +5782,12 @@
"le nombre d'i-noeuds sur un système de fichiers après sa création, veillez à entrer une valeur adéquate pour ce paramètre.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "Pourcentage de blocs &réservés à root"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5749,17 +5797,17 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Pourcentage de blocs réservés à root :</b> Spécifiez le pourcentage des blocs réservés au super-utilisateur. La valeur par défaut est calculée pour avoir normalement 1 Go de réservé. La valeur maximale par défaut est 5.0, la valeur minimale par défaut est 0.1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Désactiver les vérifications régulières"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
@@ -5768,12 +5816,12 @@
"Désactive la vérification régulière du système de fichiers au démarrage.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "Fonction d'index des &répertoires"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5782,12 +5830,12 @@
"Permet l'utilisation d'arborescences B hachées pour accélérer les recherches dans les grands répertoires.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "&Pas de journal"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
@@ -5899,7 +5947,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:989
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Redimensionnement impossible :"
@@ -5912,7 +5960,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5925,7 +5973,7 @@
"Le mot de passe de chiffrement fourni est peut-être incorrect.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5936,7 +5984,7 @@
"Réessayez."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5948,24 +5996,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Entrer le mot de passe de chiffrement :"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Indiquer le mot de passe"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Les volumes codés suivants sont déjà disponibles."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Activation du volume codé"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5977,12 +6025,12 @@
"Ils doivent être connus si les volumes sont nécessaires soit\n"
"lors d'une mise à jour, soit s'ils contiennent un volume physique LVM codé."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Voulez-vous fournir les mots de passe de chiffrement ?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5993,69 +6041,69 @@
"Le mot de passe sera essayé pour chacun d'entre eux."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Entrer le mot de passe de codage"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Il n'existe aucun volume codé à déverrouiller."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Fournir le mot de passe pour un des périphériques suivants :"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Fournir le mot de passe pour le périphérique suivant :"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Tentative de déverrouillage des volumes codés..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Le mot de passe n'a déverrouillé aucun volume."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "Disque IDE"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "Disque SCSI"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disque"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "RAID DM"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD RAID"
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "L'installation des paquetages nécessaires a échoué."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Voulez-vous continuer malgré l'erreur ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5233
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr "Impossible de créer les partitions car d'autres partitions du disque sont en cours d'utilisation."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5259
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6065,7 +6113,7 @@
"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être modifié parce qu'il contient une zone d'échange active\n"
"qui est necessaire pour effectuer l'installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5273
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6075,7 +6123,7 @@
"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être modifié parce qu'il contient des données\n"
"d'installation necessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6085,7 +6133,7 @@
"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être supprimé parce qu'il contient une zone d'échange active\n"
"qui est necessaire pour effectuer l'installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5311
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6095,7 +6143,7 @@
"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être supprimé parce qu'il contient des données\n"
"d'installation necessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6107,7 +6155,7 @@
"le périphérique %2 qui contient un système d'échange actif qui est nécessaire \n"
"à l'installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5351
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6118,7 +6166,7 @@
"le périphérique %2 qui contient des données nécessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5373
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6129,18 +6177,18 @@
"sur le disque %2 sont utilisées.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5462
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Rien n'est assigné en tant que système de fichiers racine !"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5463
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "L'installation risque très fortement d'échouer !"
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6013
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Échec de l'ajout des éléments suivants : %1"
@@ -6794,31 +6842,31 @@
#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Redimensionnement impossible à cause d'un système de fichiers incohérent. Essayez de vérifier le système de fichiers sous Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Système de fichiers de la partition racine"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Système de fichiers de la partition privée"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Augmenter la &swap pour la mise en veille"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres de la proposition"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352
msgid ""
"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
@@ -6829,7 +6877,7 @@
"LVM chiffrée</b> si vous souhaitez que le système soit chiffré.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6842,7 +6890,7 @@
"instantanés automatiques à l'aide de snapper. Cela augmente également la taille de la partition racine.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
@@ -6851,7 +6899,7 @@
"fichiers de la partition privée peut être sélectionné à l'aide de la liste déroulante correspondante.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
@@ -6859,32 +6907,32 @@
"<p>Dans la plupart des cas, il est possible de créer une partition d'échange \n"
"(swap) suffisamment grande pour autoriser la mise en veille prolongée.</p>"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Entrez votre mot de passe pour le codage proposé."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Mot de passe :"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Entrez à nouveau votre mot de passe en vue d'une vérification :"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617
msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
msgstr "&Proposition basée sur la partition"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619
msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Proposition basée sur &LVM"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621
msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Proposition basée sur LVM &chiffrée"
@@ -6930,3 +6978,14 @@
#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Informations visibles sur les périphériques de stockage :"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
+#~ "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
+#~ "/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n"
+#~ "nonloopbacked file system.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vous avez assigné un système de fichiers crypté à une partition \n"
+#~ "avec un des points de montage suivants : \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
+#~ " /var\". Cela n'est pas possible. Modifiez le point de montage ou utilisez un système de fichiers\n"
+#~ "sans bouclage.\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-31 02:31+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language
\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2006
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Inconnu"
@@ -658,19 +658,19 @@
msgstr "&Sauter le montage"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1069
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Mot de passe incorrect. Réessayer ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1172
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Avertissement"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1177
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
"Voulez-vous continuer la mise à jour du système actuel ?\n"
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -708,27 +708,27 @@
"Pour annuler la mise à jour, cliquez sur Annuler.\n"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "&Spécifier les options de montage"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Options de montage"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Point de &montage"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Périphérique"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -737,12 +737,12 @@
"(vide pour détection automatique)"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "Le partition /var %1 n'a pas pu être montée.\n"
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -754,17 +754,17 @@
"<b>ID udev :</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>Chemin udev :</b> %6"
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446
msgid "None"
msgstr "Aucun"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "Impossible de trouver la partition /var automatiquement"
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -775,22 +775,22 @@
"pour poursuivre la mise à niveau."
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "&Sélectionner le périphérique de la partition /var"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Infos sur le périphérique"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "Impossible de monter la partition /var avec cette configuration de disque.\n"
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -816,37 +816,37 @@
"méthode de montage par n'importe quelle autre méthode pour toutes les partitions."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "Aucun fstab n'a été trouvé."
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "La partition root dans /etc/fstab a un périphérique root incorrect.\n"
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "Il est actuellement monté en tant que %1 mais répertorié comme %2.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813
msgid "before update"
msgstr "avant à la mise à jour"
#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Évaluation de la partition racine. Un instant s'il vous plaît..."
#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2214
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr "Montage des partitions. Un instant s'il vous plaît..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2229
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Recherche des systèmes disponibles"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
msgstr "Installer Hypervisor et les outils"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69
+#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:70
msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgstr "Configuration de la machine virtuelle..."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -55,46 +55,46 @@
msgstr "<p>Cet outil ne prend actuellement en charge que l’assignation complète de XPRAM à une partition. Pour avoir plusieurs partitions, recherchez dans \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" (Pilotes, fonctions et commandes des périphériques, 30 novembre 2004) pour le kernel Linux 2.6 – flux d’avril 2004.</p><p>Dans ce cas, désactivez XPRAM dans ce module.</p>"
#. help text for XPRAM 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:60
msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Choisissez le bon point de montage pour <b>Point de montage</b>.</p>"
#. help text for XPRAM 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:62
msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ensuite, choisissez le système de fichiers à utiliser sur le périphérique.</p>"
#. radio button label for to not start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:86
msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM"
msgstr "Ne &pas démarrer XPRAM"
#. radio button label for to start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:95
msgid "&Start XPRAM"
msgstr "&Démarrer XPRAM"
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:107
msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data"
msgstr "Installer le système de fichiers ou échanger même si &XPRAM contient des données valides"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:116
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Point de montage"
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:125
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Point de &montage"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:140
msgid "File System Type"
msgstr "Type de système de fichiers"
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:149
msgid "F&ile System to Use:"
msgstr "Système de f&ichiers à utiliser :"
@@ -104,36 +104,34 @@
msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de XPRAM"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:108
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Écrire les paramètres"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:110
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr "Redémarrer le service"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:114
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:116
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr "Redémarrage du service..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:118
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminé"
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:135
msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
msgstr "Erreur lors de l'arrêt de xpram. Essayer manuellement \"rcxpram stop\"."
-#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]);
-#. y2milestone("got %1", out);
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:151
msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
msgstr "Erreur lors du démarrage de xpram. Essayer manuellement \"rcxpram start\"."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:02:49 UTC (rev 97355)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2017-05-23 07:03:53 UTC (rev 97356)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:27+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
#. AppArmor dialog caption
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:60
msgid "AppArmor Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration AppArmor"
@@ -136,119 +136,11 @@
#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
#.
#. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr "Cette opération a généré l'erreur suivante. Vérifiez votre installation et les paramètres de profil d'AppArmor."
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:48
+msgid "Failed to change apparmor service. Please use journal (journalctl -n -u apparmor) to diagnose"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Désactivé"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116
-msgid "1 minute"
-msgstr "1 minute"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117
-msgid "5 minutes"
-msgstr "5 minutes"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118
-msgid "10 minutes"
-msgstr "10 minutes"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119
-msgid "15 minutes"
-msgstr "15 minutes"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120
-msgid "30 minutes"
-msgstr "30 minutes"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121
-msgid "1 hour"
-msgstr "1 heure"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122
-msgid "1 day"
-msgstr "1 jour"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123
-msgid "1 week"
-msgstr "1 semaine"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233
-msgid "Security Event Notification"
-msgstr "Notification des événements de sécurité"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138
-msgid "Terse Notification"
-msgstr "Notification succincte"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200
-msgid "Frequency"
-msgstr "Fréquence"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203
-msgid "Email Address"
-msgstr "Adresse email"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208
-msgid "Severity"
-msgstr "Gravité"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217
-msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
-msgstr "Inclure les événements de gravité inconnue"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167
-msgid "Summary Notification"
-msgstr "Notification résumée"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196
-msgid "Verbose Notification"
-msgstr "Notification détaillée"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350
-msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
-msgstr "Une adresse électronique est requise pour chaque méthode de notification sélectionnée."
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394
-msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
-msgstr "Échec de la configuration pour les opérations suivantes :"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434
-msgid "Notification is enabled"
-msgstr "Notification activée"
-
-#. Notification Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431
-msgid "Notification is disabled"
-msgstr "Notification désactivée"
-
-#. AppArmor Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422
-msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
-msgstr "AppArmor est désactivé"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426
-msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
-msgstr "AppArmor est activé"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
@@ -256,7 +148,7 @@
"<p><b>État AppArmor</b><br>Ceci indique si le module d'application des stratégies AppArmor \n"
"est chargé et fonctionne.</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:64
msgid ""
"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
@@ -264,7 +156,7 @@
"<p><b>Notification des évènements de sécurité</b><br>Configurez cet outil si vous voulez \n"
"être averti par e-mail lorsque des violations d'accès se produisent.</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
"uses individual profiles.</p>"
@@ -272,38 +164,28 @@
"<p><b>Modes de profil</b><br>Utilisez cet outil pour changer la façon dont AppArmor \n"
"utilise les profils individuels.</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:82
msgid "&Enable AppArmor"
msgstr "Activ&er AppArmor"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:89
msgid "Configure AppArmor"
msgstr "Configurer AppArmor"
-#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor
-#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"),
-#. `HBox(
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1),
-#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel), evEnStr )),
-#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1)
-#. )
-#. ),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20),
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95
msgid "Configure Profile Modes"
msgstr "Configurer le mode des profils"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:101
msgid "Set profile modes"
msgstr "Définir les modes de profils"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
msgid "Co&nfigure"
msgstr "Co&nfigurer"
#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:128
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
@@ -1992,7 +1874,77 @@
msgid "You must select a profile to edit."
msgstr "Vous devez sélectionner un profil à modifier."
-#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51
-#, perl-format
-msgid "Failed copying %s."
-msgstr "La copie de %s a échoué."
+#~ msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
+#~ msgstr "Cette opération a généré l'erreur suivante. Vérifiez votre installation et les paramètres de profil d'AppArmor."
+
+#~ msgid "Disabled"
+#~ msgstr "Désactivé"
+
+#~ msgid "1 minute"
+#~ msgstr "1 minute"
+
+#~ msgid "5 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "5 minutes"
+
+#~ msgid "10 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "10 minutes"
+
+#~ msgid "15 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "15 minutes"
+
+#~ msgid "30 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "30 minutes"
+
+#~ msgid "1 hour"
+#~ msgstr "1 heure"
+
+#~ msgid "1 day"
+#~ msgstr "1 jour"
+
+#~ msgid "1 week"
+#~ msgstr "1 semaine"
+
+#~ msgid "Security Event Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Notification des événements de sécurité"
+
+#~ msgid "Terse Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Notification succincte"
+
+#~ msgid "Frequency"
+#~ msgstr "Fréquence"
+
+#~ msgid "Email Address"
+#~ msgstr "Adresse email"
+
+#~ msgid "Severity"
+#~ msgstr "Gravité"
+
+#~ msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
+#~ msgstr "Inclure les événements de gravité inconnue"
+
+#~ msgid "Summary Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Notification résumée"
+
+#~ msgid "Verbose Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Notification détaillée"
+
+#~ msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
+#~ msgstr "Une adresse électronique est requise pour chaque méthode de notification sélectionnée."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
+#~ msgstr "Échec de la configuration pour les opérations suivantes :"
+
+#~ msgid "Notification is enabled"
+#~ msgstr "Notification activée"
+
+#~ msgid "Notification is disabled"
+#~ msgstr "Notification désactivée"
+
+#~ msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
+#~ msgstr "AppArmor est désactivé"
+
+#~ msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
+#~ msgstr "AppArmor est activé"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed copying %s."
+#~ msgstr "La copie de %s a échoué."